1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
68 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 /* readline include files */
72 #include "readline/readline.h"
73 #include "readline/history.h"
75 /* readline defines this. */
78 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
79 #include "python/python.h"
81 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
83 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
85 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
87 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
89 static void disable_command (char *, int);
91 static void enable_command (char *, int);
93 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
97 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
99 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
101 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
103 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
104 struct linespec_result
*,
108 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
109 struct linespec_result
*,
110 struct linespec_sals
*,
112 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
114 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
115 int, int, int, unsigned);
117 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
118 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
120 static void clear_command (char *, int);
122 static void catch_command (char *, int);
124 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
126 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
128 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
130 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
132 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
133 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
134 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
136 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
138 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
139 struct symtab_and_line
,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
143 static struct breakpoint
*
144 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
146 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
148 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
150 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
154 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
155 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
156 struct obj_section
*, int);
158 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
160 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
163 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
164 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
166 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
167 struct address_space
*aspace
,
170 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
172 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
174 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
175 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
177 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
179 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
181 static void commands_command (char *, int);
183 static void condition_command (char *, int);
192 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
193 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
195 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
197 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
199 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
201 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
203 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
205 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
207 int *other_type_used
);
209 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
211 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
213 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
216 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
218 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
220 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
222 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
224 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
225 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
231 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
234 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
235 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
236 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
238 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
240 static void update_global_location_list (int);
242 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
244 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
246 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
248 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
250 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
252 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
254 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
256 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
258 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
260 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
262 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
264 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
267 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
269 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
270 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
272 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
274 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
276 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
278 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
279 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
280 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
281 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
283 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
286 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
289 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
291 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
293 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
294 breakpoints share a single command list. */
295 struct counted_command_line
297 /* The reference count. */
300 /* The command list. */
301 struct command_line
*commands
;
304 struct command_line
*
305 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
307 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
310 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
311 current breakpoint. */
313 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
316 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
318 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
319 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
321 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
323 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
326 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
327 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
328 if such is available. */
329 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
332 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
333 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
336 fprintf_filtered (file
,
337 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
338 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
342 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
343 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
344 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
345 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
346 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
348 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
349 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
352 fprintf_filtered (file
,
353 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
354 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
358 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
359 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
360 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
361 use hardware breakpoints. */
362 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
364 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
365 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
368 fprintf_filtered (file
,
369 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
373 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
374 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
375 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
376 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
377 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
379 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
380 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
381 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
382 static const char *const always_inserted_enums
[] = {
383 always_inserted_auto
,
388 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
390 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
391 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
393 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
394 fprintf_filtered (file
,
395 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
396 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
398 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
400 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
405 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
407 return ((always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
408 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
))
412 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
414 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
415 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
416 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
417 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
418 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
419 condition_evaluation_auto
,
420 condition_evaluation_host
,
421 condition_evaluation_target
,
425 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
426 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
428 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
429 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
430 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
432 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
433 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
434 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
438 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
440 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
442 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
443 return condition_evaluation_target
;
445 return condition_evaluation_host
;
451 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
454 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
456 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
459 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
463 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
465 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
467 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
470 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
472 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
473 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
475 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
476 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
478 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
479 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
481 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
482 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
483 current breakpoint. */
485 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
487 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
488 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
489 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
492 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
493 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
494 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
496 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
497 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
498 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
501 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
502 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
503 to where the loop should start from.
504 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
505 appropriate location to start with. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
508 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
509 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
511 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
512 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
515 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
517 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
518 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
519 if (is_tracepoint (B))
521 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
523 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
525 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
527 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
529 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
531 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
533 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
534 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
535 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
536 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
537 an address you need to read. */
539 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
541 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
542 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
543 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
544 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
545 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
547 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
549 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
550 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
552 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
554 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
556 static int breakpoint_count
;
558 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
559 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
560 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
561 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
562 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
564 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
566 static int tracepoint_count
;
568 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
569 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
570 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
572 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
574 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
576 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
579 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
582 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
584 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
585 breakpoint_count
= num
;
586 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
589 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
590 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
591 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
593 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
597 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
599 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
602 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
606 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
608 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
611 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
614 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
616 struct breakpoint
*b
;
622 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
623 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
625 static struct counted_command_line
*
626 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
628 struct counted_command_line
*result
629 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
632 result
->commands
= commands
;
636 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
639 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
645 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
646 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
647 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
650 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
654 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
656 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
663 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
666 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
668 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
671 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
674 static struct cleanup
*
675 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
677 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
681 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
682 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
685 get_breakpoint (int num
)
687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
690 if (b
->number
== num
)
698 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
699 evaluating conditions on its side. */
702 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
704 struct bp_location
*loc
;
706 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
707 evaluating conditions and if the user has
708 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
710 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
711 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
714 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
717 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
718 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
721 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
722 evaluating conditions on its side. */
725 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
727 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
728 evaluating conditions and if the user has
729 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
731 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
732 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
736 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
739 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
742 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
743 condition_evaluation_mode. */
746 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
747 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
749 struct breakpoint
*b
;
750 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
752 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
753 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
755 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
756 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
757 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
761 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
762 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
764 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
765 settings was "auto". */
766 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
768 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
769 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
771 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
772 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
773 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
775 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
776 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
779 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
781 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
783 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
784 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
788 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
789 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
790 target knows about. */
791 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
792 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
793 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
797 update_global_location_list (1);
803 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
804 what "auto" is translating to. */
807 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
808 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
810 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
811 fprintf_filtered (file
,
812 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
813 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
815 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
817 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
821 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
822 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
823 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
826 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
828 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
829 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
831 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
834 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
837 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
838 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
839 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
842 static struct bp_location
**
843 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
845 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
846 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
847 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
849 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
850 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
851 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
853 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
854 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
855 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
856 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
858 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
859 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
862 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
863 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
864 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
865 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
872 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
875 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
876 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
878 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
880 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
887 struct bp_location
*loc
;
889 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
894 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
895 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
896 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
903 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
909 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
910 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
911 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
912 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
914 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
916 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
918 innermost_block
= NULL
;
920 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
922 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
923 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
927 struct bp_location
*loc
;
929 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
933 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
935 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
939 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
941 breakpoints_changed ();
942 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
945 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
948 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
950 struct breakpoint
*b
;
955 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
958 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
960 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
963 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
965 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
966 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
967 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
968 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
970 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
971 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
972 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
973 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
975 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
976 update_global_location_list (1);
981 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
984 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
985 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
986 Throw if any such commands is found. */
989 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
991 struct command_line
*c
;
993 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
997 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
998 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
999 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1001 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1002 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1004 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1005 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1006 command directly. */
1007 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1008 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1010 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1011 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1015 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1018 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1020 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1021 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1022 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1026 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1028 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1031 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1032 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1036 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1037 struct command_line
*commands
)
1039 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1041 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1042 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1043 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1044 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1045 struct command_line
*c
;
1046 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1047 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1049 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1051 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1052 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1053 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1054 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1055 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1056 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1059 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1060 "can be used only once"));
1067 struct command_line
*c2
;
1069 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1070 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1071 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1073 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1074 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1080 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1084 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1085 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1088 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1090 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1091 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1092 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1095 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1097 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1098 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1099 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1105 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1106 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1109 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1110 struct command_line
*commands
)
1112 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1114 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1115 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1116 breakpoints_changed ();
1117 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1120 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1121 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1125 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1127 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1130 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1131 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1134 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1135 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1138 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1140 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1143 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1144 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1147 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1148 breakpoint work for any task. */
1151 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1153 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1156 if (old_task
!= task
)
1157 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1161 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1163 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1165 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
1168 /* A structure used to pass information through
1169 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1171 struct commands_info
1173 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1176 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1179 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1180 already-parsed command. */
1181 struct command_line
*control
;
1183 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1185 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1188 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1189 commands_command. */
1192 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1194 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1196 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1198 struct command_line
*l
;
1200 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1201 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1204 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1207 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1208 "%s, one per line."),
1211 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1213 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1216 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1219 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1222 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1225 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1227 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1229 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1230 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1231 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1232 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1233 breakpoints_changed ();
1234 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1239 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1240 struct command_line
*control
)
1242 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1243 struct commands_info info
;
1245 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1246 info
.control
= control
;
1248 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1249 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1250 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1252 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1254 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1255 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1257 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1258 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1261 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1262 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1263 numbers will fail in this case. */
1268 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1270 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1273 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1277 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1279 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1280 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1282 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1286 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1288 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1291 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1292 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1294 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1295 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1296 enum command_control_type
1297 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1299 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1300 return simple_control
;
1303 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1306 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1308 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1312 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1313 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1318 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1319 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1321 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1322 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1323 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1324 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1325 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1326 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1327 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1328 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1330 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1333 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1334 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1335 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1337 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1339 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1341 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1342 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1343 report higher one. */
1346 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1347 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1349 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1351 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1352 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1354 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1355 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1356 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1357 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1359 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1360 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1361 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1363 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1365 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1372 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1373 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1374 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1375 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1376 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1379 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1381 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1382 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1383 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1386 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1389 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1391 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1393 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1394 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1398 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1399 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1400 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1403 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1406 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1407 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1408 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1411 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1413 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1414 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1417 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1419 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1420 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1422 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1423 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1427 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1428 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1432 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1433 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1435 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1436 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1437 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1441 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1443 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1444 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1447 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1449 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1451 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1452 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1456 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1457 const unsigned char *bp
;
1458 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1459 unsigned placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1461 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1462 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1463 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1465 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1467 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1469 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1470 breakpoint's INSN. */
1471 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1477 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1481 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1483 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1484 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
1487 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1490 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1492 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1493 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1494 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1497 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1501 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1503 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1504 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1507 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1508 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1509 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1510 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1511 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1512 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1513 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1514 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1517 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1519 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1520 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1521 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1522 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1525 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1526 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1529 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1531 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1533 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1535 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1536 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1537 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1538 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1539 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1541 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1544 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1545 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1546 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1547 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1549 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1551 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1552 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1555 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1556 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1557 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1558 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1559 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1560 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1561 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1562 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1564 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1565 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1566 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1567 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1568 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1569 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1570 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1571 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1574 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1575 hardware watchpoints:
1577 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1578 called several times when GDB stops.
1581 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1582 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1583 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1584 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1585 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1586 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1587 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1588 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1589 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1590 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1591 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1593 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1594 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1597 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1599 int within_current_scope
;
1600 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1603 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1604 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1605 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1606 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1609 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1614 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1615 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1616 within_current_scope
= 1;
1619 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1620 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1621 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1623 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1624 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1625 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1626 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1629 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1630 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1631 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1632 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1635 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1637 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1638 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1639 if (within_current_scope
)
1643 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1644 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1645 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1648 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1657 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1658 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1659 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1660 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1661 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1662 be completely different objects. */
1663 value_free (b
->val
);
1667 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1668 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1669 locations (re)created below. */
1670 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1672 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1674 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1678 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1679 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1683 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1684 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1685 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1686 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1687 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1688 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1690 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1691 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1692 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1694 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1697 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1698 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1700 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1702 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1703 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1704 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1705 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1706 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1708 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1714 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1716 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1717 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1719 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1720 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1721 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1722 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1723 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1724 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1725 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1727 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1729 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1730 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1731 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1733 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1734 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1738 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1740 addr
= value_address (v
);
1741 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1743 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1745 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1748 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1749 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1752 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1754 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1755 loc
->address
= addr
;
1757 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1762 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1763 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1764 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1769 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1770 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1772 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1776 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1779 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1780 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1781 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1783 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1784 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1785 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1786 this watchpoint in as well. */
1788 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1789 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1790 hardware watchpoint type. */
1791 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1792 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1793 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1795 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1796 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1797 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1798 through watch_command), so always account for it
1801 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1802 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1804 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1805 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1808 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1809 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1811 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1813 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1814 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1815 "hardware watchpoint."));
1816 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1817 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1818 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1820 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1821 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1825 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1826 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1827 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1829 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1832 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1833 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1834 "read/access watchpoint."));
1836 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1838 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1839 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1840 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1841 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1844 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1846 next
= value_next (v
);
1851 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1852 above left it without any location set up. But,
1853 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1854 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1855 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1857 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1858 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1859 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1860 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1861 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1862 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1865 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1867 printf_filtered (_("\
1868 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1869 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1871 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1874 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1876 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1880 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1881 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1882 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1883 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1884 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1886 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1888 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1891 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1894 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1897 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
1900 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1901 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1902 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1903 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1904 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1905 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1906 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1907 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1908 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1914 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1915 that the location is not duplicated. */
1918 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1921 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
1924 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
1925 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
1929 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
1930 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
1931 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
1932 any error during parsing. */
1934 static struct agent_expr
*
1935 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
1937 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
1938 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
1939 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
1944 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
1945 that may show up. */
1946 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
1948 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
1953 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
1954 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
1955 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
1959 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
1963 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
1964 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
1965 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
1966 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
1967 one of them is true. */
1970 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1972 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
1973 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
1974 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
1975 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1977 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
1978 evaluating conditions and if the user has
1979 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
1981 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
1982 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
1985 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
1986 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
1987 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
1988 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
1989 response back to GDB. */
1990 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
1993 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
1997 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
1999 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2000 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2001 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2002 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2003 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2004 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2006 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2007 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2013 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2014 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2015 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2017 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2023 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2024 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2025 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2027 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2028 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2029 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2031 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2034 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2036 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2038 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2041 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2042 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2047 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2048 for this location's address. */
2049 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2053 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2054 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2055 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2057 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2058 conditions to the target. */
2059 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2060 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2066 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2067 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2068 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2069 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2072 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2073 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2075 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2076 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2077 int *disabled_breaks
,
2078 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
2082 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2085 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
2086 memset (&bl
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bl
->target_info
));
2087 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2088 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2089 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2091 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2092 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2093 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2094 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2096 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2098 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2099 /* Reset the condition modification marker. */
2100 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2103 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2104 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2106 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2108 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2109 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2110 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2112 Two important cases are:
2113 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2114 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2115 hardware breakpoint.
2116 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2117 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2118 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2121 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2122 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2123 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2124 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2126 struct mem_region
*mr
2127 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2131 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2133 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2135 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2136 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2138 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2140 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2142 static int said
= 0;
2144 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2147 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2148 _("Note: automatically using "
2149 "hardware breakpoints for "
2150 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2155 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2156 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2157 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2158 "at readonly address %s"),
2159 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2163 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2164 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2165 || bl
->section
== NULL
2166 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2168 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2170 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2174 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2175 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2176 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2178 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2179 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2180 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2181 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2182 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2186 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2188 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2189 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2190 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2191 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2192 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2194 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2195 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2196 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2200 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2201 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2203 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2204 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2208 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2209 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2216 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2217 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2219 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2221 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2222 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2223 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2225 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2226 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2228 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2229 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2230 "library breakpoints:\n");
2232 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2233 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2234 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2238 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2240 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2241 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2242 "Cannot insert hardware "
2248 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2249 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2251 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2252 "Error accessing memory address ");
2253 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2255 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2256 safe_strerror (val
));
2267 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2268 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2269 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2270 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2272 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2273 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2275 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2277 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2278 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2279 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2281 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2283 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2284 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2286 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2288 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2289 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2293 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2294 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2301 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2302 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2305 /* Back to the original value. */
2306 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2310 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2313 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2315 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2316 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2318 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2321 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2325 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2326 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2328 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2331 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2333 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2334 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2335 so just return success. */
2342 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2343 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2347 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2349 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2350 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2352 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2353 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2355 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2356 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2359 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2360 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2361 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2363 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2365 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2367 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2368 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2369 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2371 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2372 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2374 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2380 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2381 removed locations above. */
2382 update_global_location_list (0);
2385 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2386 Throws exception on any error.
2387 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2388 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2390 insert_breakpoints (void)
2392 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2394 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2395 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2397 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2399 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2402 update_global_location_list (1);
2404 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2405 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2407 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2408 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2411 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2412 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2413 always-inserted mode. */
2416 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2418 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2421 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2422 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2424 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2425 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2427 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2428 there was an error. */
2429 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2431 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2433 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2435 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2437 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2440 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2441 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2442 deletion of breakpoints. */
2443 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2446 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2448 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2449 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2450 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2451 insert breakpoints. */
2452 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
2453 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2456 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2457 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
2464 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2465 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2468 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2471 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2474 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2476 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2477 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2480 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2481 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2483 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2484 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2486 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2487 there was an error. */
2488 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2490 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2492 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2494 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2497 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2498 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2499 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2500 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2501 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2504 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2506 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2507 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2508 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2509 insert breakpoints. */
2510 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
2511 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2514 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2515 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
2520 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2521 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2522 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2524 int some_failed
= 0;
2525 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2527 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2530 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2533 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2536 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2537 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2544 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2546 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2548 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2549 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2550 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2558 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2559 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2560 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
2562 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2563 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2564 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2566 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2567 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2570 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2573 /* Used when the program stops.
2574 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2575 removing a breakpoint location. */
2578 remove_breakpoints (void)
2580 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2583 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2585 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2586 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2591 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2594 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2596 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2598 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2600 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2602 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2607 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2616 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2618 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2619 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2621 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2622 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
2623 struct inferior
*inf
;
2624 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2626 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2630 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2631 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2633 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2635 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2636 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2638 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2640 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2646 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
);
2649 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2654 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2658 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
2660 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2661 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2662 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2663 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2664 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2665 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2667 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
2670 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2673 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
2674 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
2678 static struct breakpoint
*
2679 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
2680 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
2681 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
2683 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
2684 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2686 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2689 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
2690 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
2692 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
2693 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2694 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
2699 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
2701 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2703 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2705 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2706 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2708 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2709 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
2711 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2712 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
2714 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2715 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
2717 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2718 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
2721 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
2723 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2724 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
2726 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2729 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
2731 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
2734 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2735 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2737 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
2738 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
2740 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2742 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
2743 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
2745 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
2746 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2748 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2749 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
2751 return bp_objfile_data
;
2755 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2757 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2758 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
2760 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2762 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2763 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2766 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2768 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
2771 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
2773 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2775 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2778 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2779 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2782 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
2785 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
2786 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2788 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2789 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2791 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
2793 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
2794 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
2798 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2799 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
2802 update_global_location_list (1);
2806 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2808 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2809 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2811 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2813 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2815 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2817 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2819 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2822 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2823 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2825 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2826 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
2829 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2831 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
2833 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2834 const char *func_name
;
2837 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
2840 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
2841 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
2843 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2845 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2848 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2849 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
2852 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
2855 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
2856 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
2857 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2858 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2859 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2863 update_global_location_list (1);
2865 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2868 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2870 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2872 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2873 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2874 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
2876 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2878 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2880 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2883 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2885 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2887 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2888 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2890 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2892 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
2895 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
2897 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2899 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2900 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
2901 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
2903 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2904 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2907 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
2910 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
2911 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2912 bp_std_terminate_master
,
2913 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2914 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2915 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2919 update_global_location_list (1);
2921 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2924 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2927 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2929 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2930 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2932 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2934 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2935 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2936 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2939 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2941 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
2944 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2946 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
2948 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
2950 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2951 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
2953 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2957 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
2960 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
2961 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
2963 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
2964 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2965 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2966 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2969 update_global_location_list (1);
2973 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2975 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2976 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
2978 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2979 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2980 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2981 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2982 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2983 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2984 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2985 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2986 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
2987 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2988 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
2990 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2992 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
2995 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2996 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
2998 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3002 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3003 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3005 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3009 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3010 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3011 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3012 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3013 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3015 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3019 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3020 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3022 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3026 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3028 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3029 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3031 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3035 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3037 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3038 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3039 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3040 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3044 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3045 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3046 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3047 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3048 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3049 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3051 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3052 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3053 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3054 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3055 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3056 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3057 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3059 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3060 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3061 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3062 let finish_command delete it.
3064 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3065 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3066 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3067 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3068 solib breakpoints.) */
3070 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3075 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3076 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3078 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3080 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3084 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3085 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3086 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3087 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3088 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3092 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3094 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3096 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3097 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3099 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3100 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3102 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3103 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
3104 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3106 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3110 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3113 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3114 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3116 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3120 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3121 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3122 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3123 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3124 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3127 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3131 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3132 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3134 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3135 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3138 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3139 This should not ever happen. */
3140 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3142 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3143 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3145 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3146 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3147 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3149 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3150 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3151 || bl
->section
== NULL
3152 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3154 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3155 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3159 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3160 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3161 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3163 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3164 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3166 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3167 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3168 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3169 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3170 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3172 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3173 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3175 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3176 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3179 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3180 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3181 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3182 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3184 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3185 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3186 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3187 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3188 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3189 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3195 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3200 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3201 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3202 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3203 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3208 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3210 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3212 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3213 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3215 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3216 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3218 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3219 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3220 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3223 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3224 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3227 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3228 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3230 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3234 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3241 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3244 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3246 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3247 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3249 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3250 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3253 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3254 This should not ever happen. */
3255 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3257 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3259 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3261 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3263 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3267 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3270 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3272 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3274 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3275 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3279 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3280 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3282 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3285 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3286 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3287 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3292 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3294 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3295 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3297 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3299 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3301 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
3304 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3306 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3307 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3308 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3312 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3314 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3321 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3322 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3325 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3327 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3329 case bp_shlib_event
:
3331 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3332 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3333 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3334 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3335 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3337 (gdb) file prog-linux
3338 (gdb) run # native linux target
3341 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3342 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3345 case bp_step_resume
:
3347 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3349 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3353 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3354 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3355 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3357 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3359 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3360 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3361 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3362 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3364 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3365 insert_breakpoints. */
3367 value_free (w
->val
);
3378 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3379 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3380 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3381 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3384 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3385 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3386 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3387 match, not program space. */
3389 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3390 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3391 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3392 permanent breakpoint.
3393 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3394 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3395 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3396 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3397 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3399 enum breakpoint_here
3400 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3402 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3403 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3405 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3407 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3408 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3411 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3412 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3413 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3414 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3416 if (overlay_debugging
3417 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3418 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3419 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3420 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3421 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3423 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3427 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3430 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3433 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3435 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3438 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3439 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3445 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3446 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3447 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3448 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3451 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3454 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3456 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3458 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3459 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3463 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3465 if (overlay_debugging
3466 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3467 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3468 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3476 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3477 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3480 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3482 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3485 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3491 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3495 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3498 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3500 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3502 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3506 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3509 if (overlay_debugging
3510 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3511 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3512 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3518 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3519 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3526 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3527 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3529 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3531 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3533 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3535 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3536 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3539 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3542 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3543 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3547 /* Check for intersection. */
3548 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3549 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3557 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3558 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3561 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
3564 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3565 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3569 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3571 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3572 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3575 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3576 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3577 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3580 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3583 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
3585 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3586 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3587 it is now time to do so. */
3589 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3590 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
3594 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
3596 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3597 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3598 it is now time to do so. */
3600 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
3601 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
3605 if (overlay_debugging
3606 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3607 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3608 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3617 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3621 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
3623 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
3626 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3630 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
3632 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3633 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3634 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3635 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
3639 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3640 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3643 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
3660 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3661 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3664 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
3668 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
3673 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3675 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
3676 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
3677 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
3678 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
3679 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3681 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
3682 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
3686 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3696 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3699 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
3704 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
3706 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
3712 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3713 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3714 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3715 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3717 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3718 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3720 Return 1 otherwise. */
3723 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
3725 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3728 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3730 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3731 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3732 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3733 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
3734 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
3736 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3738 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
3742 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3745 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3747 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3750 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3753 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
3757 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3759 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3761 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3763 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3769 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3772 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3774 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3776 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
3778 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3779 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3780 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3781 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3782 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
3786 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
3789 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3792 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
3794 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
3797 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3798 or its equivalent. */
3801 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
3803 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
3804 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
3807 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3808 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3809 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3810 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3812 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3813 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3814 bpstat of the current thread. */
3817 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
3820 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3823 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3825 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
3828 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
3829 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
3831 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3833 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3836 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
3837 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3839 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
3840 struct command_line
*cmd
;
3841 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
3843 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3845 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3846 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3847 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3848 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3849 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3850 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3851 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3852 the tree when we're done. */
3853 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
3854 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3855 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
3856 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
3857 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
3859 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3865 execute_control_command (cmd
);
3867 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3873 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3874 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
3876 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3878 if (target_can_async_p ())
3879 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3880 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3881 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3884 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3885 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3886 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3887 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3888 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3889 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3890 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3891 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3892 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3893 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3894 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3895 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3896 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3901 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3906 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3908 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3910 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3911 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
3912 && target_has_execution
3913 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
3914 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
3915 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3916 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3917 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3918 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3919 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
3922 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
3925 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3928 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
3931 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
3934 struct value_print_options opts
;
3935 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3936 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
3940 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3941 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3942 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3943 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3946 static enum print_stop_action
3947 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3949 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3952 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3953 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3957 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3958 relevant messages. */
3959 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3962 case print_it_normal
:
3964 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3966 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3967 which has since been deleted. */
3969 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3971 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3972 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
3977 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3978 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3983 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
3986 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
3989 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
3991 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
3995 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
3996 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
3997 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
3999 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4000 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4001 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4004 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4005 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4006 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4010 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4014 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4015 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4018 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4023 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4024 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4025 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4028 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4033 struct so_list
*iter
;
4035 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4037 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4038 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4041 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4046 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4047 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4048 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4051 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4055 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4056 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4057 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4058 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4059 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4060 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4061 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4064 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4065 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4066 code to print the location. An example is
4067 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4069 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4070 to also print the location part of the message.
4071 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4072 don't require a location appended to the end.
4073 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4074 further info to be printed. */
4076 enum print_stop_action
4077 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4081 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4082 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4083 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4084 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4085 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4087 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4088 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4089 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4090 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4094 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4095 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4096 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4097 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4099 print_solib_event (0);
4100 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4103 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4104 with and nothing was printed. */
4105 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4108 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4109 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4110 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4111 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4114 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4116 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4117 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4119 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4123 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4126 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4130 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4132 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4133 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4134 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4135 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4136 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4137 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4138 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4140 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4144 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4145 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4148 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4150 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4152 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4154 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4156 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4157 as not triggered. */
4159 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4161 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4163 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4169 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4171 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4172 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4174 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4176 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4178 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4181 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4184 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4185 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4189 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4191 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4192 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4194 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4195 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4197 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4199 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4200 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4202 if (newaddr
== start
)
4204 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4208 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4209 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4213 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4222 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4223 because of check_errors). */
4224 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4225 #define WP_DELETED 1
4226 /* The value has changed. */
4227 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4228 /* The value has not changed. */
4229 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4230 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4233 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4234 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4236 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4239 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4240 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4243 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4245 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4246 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4247 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4248 int within_current_scope
;
4250 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4251 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4252 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4254 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4255 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4256 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4257 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4260 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4261 within_current_scope
= 1;
4264 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4265 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4266 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4268 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4269 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4270 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4271 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4272 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4273 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4274 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4275 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4276 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4277 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4280 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4281 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4283 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4284 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4285 if (within_current_scope
)
4287 struct symbol
*function
;
4289 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4290 if (function
== NULL
4291 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4292 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4293 within_current_scope
= 0;
4296 if (within_current_scope
)
4297 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4298 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4303 if (within_current_scope
)
4305 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4306 time before we return to the command level and call
4307 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4308 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4312 struct value
*new_val
;
4314 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4315 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4316 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4317 a mask watchpoint. */
4318 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4320 mark
= value_mark ();
4321 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4323 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4324 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4325 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4326 not what we want. */
4327 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4328 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4330 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4332 release_value (new_val
);
4333 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4335 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4338 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4342 /* Nothing changed. */
4343 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4344 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4349 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4351 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4352 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4353 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4354 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4355 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4356 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4357 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4358 the first value assigned). */
4359 /* We print all the stop information in
4360 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4361 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4362 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4364 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4366 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4367 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4368 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4370 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4371 which its expression is valid.\n");
4373 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4374 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4375 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4381 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4382 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4383 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4386 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4387 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4388 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4390 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4392 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4393 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4395 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4398 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4399 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4402 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4404 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4405 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4407 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4408 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4409 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4410 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4411 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4414 int must_check_value
= 0;
4416 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4417 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4419 must_check_value
= 1;
4420 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4421 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4422 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4424 must_check_value
= 1;
4425 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4426 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4427 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4428 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4429 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4430 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4431 must_check_value
= 1;
4433 if (must_check_value
)
4436 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4438 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4439 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4441 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4445 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4446 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4450 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4453 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4454 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4456 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4458 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4459 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4460 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4461 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4462 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4463 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4464 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4467 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4468 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4471 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4472 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4473 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4474 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4476 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4477 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4478 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4481 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4482 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4483 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4484 changes. This still gives false positives when
4485 the program writes the same value to memory as
4486 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4487 it for a read), but it's much better than
4490 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4492 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4494 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4496 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4497 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4498 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4500 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4501 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4503 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4504 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4506 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4512 if (other_write_watchpoint
4513 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4515 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4516 and the value changed since the last time we
4517 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4519 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4524 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4525 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4526 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4528 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4529 the value hasn't changed. */
4530 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4538 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4539 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
4540 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4541 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4542 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4546 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4548 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4549 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4550 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4551 anything for this watchpoint. */
4552 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4559 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4560 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4561 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4564 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
4566 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4567 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4568 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4570 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4571 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4572 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4573 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4574 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4576 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
4577 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
4578 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
4580 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
4581 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4585 int value_is_zero
= 0;
4586 struct expression
*cond
;
4588 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4589 method implemented. */
4590 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
4591 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
4593 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4595 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4602 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
4604 int within_current_scope
= 1;
4605 struct watchpoint
* w
;
4607 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4608 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4609 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4610 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4612 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4614 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4615 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4619 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4620 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4621 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4622 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4623 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4625 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4626 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4629 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4631 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4632 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4633 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4634 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4635 really matter which instantiation of the function
4636 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4637 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4638 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4639 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4640 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4641 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4642 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4643 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4645 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
4647 select_frame (frame
);
4649 within_current_scope
= 0;
4651 if (within_current_scope
)
4653 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
4654 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4658 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4659 "in the current scope"));
4660 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4661 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4664 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4665 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4668 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
4672 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
4676 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
4679 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4681 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4683 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4689 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4690 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4692 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4693 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4696 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4698 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4700 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4701 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4702 several reasons concurrently.)
4704 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4705 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4708 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4709 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
4710 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4712 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
4713 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4714 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4715 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4716 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
4717 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4720 int need_remove_insert
;
4723 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4724 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4725 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4726 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4727 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4728 inferior function calls. */
4732 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4735 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4737 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4738 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4739 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4740 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4741 checked all locations already. */
4742 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
4745 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
4748 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
4751 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4754 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4757 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4758 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4759 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4763 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4764 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4765 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4767 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
4769 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
4771 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4776 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4778 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4780 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
4781 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4784 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4788 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
4789 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
4790 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
4792 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4794 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
4796 handle_solib_event ();
4801 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4802 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4803 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4807 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4812 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4813 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
4816 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
4821 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4823 /* We will stop here. */
4824 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
4826 --(b
->enable_count
);
4827 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
4828 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4829 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4834 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
4835 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
4836 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
4837 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
4843 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
4845 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
4846 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4849 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4850 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4851 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4853 need_remove_insert
= 0;
4854 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
4855 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4857 && bs
->breakpoint_at
4858 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
4860 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4862 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4863 need_remove_insert
= 1;
4866 if (need_remove_insert
)
4867 update_global_location_list (1);
4868 else if (removed_any
)
4869 update_global_location_list (0);
4875 handle_jit_event (void)
4877 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4878 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
4880 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4881 breakpoint_re_set. */
4882 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4884 frame
= get_current_frame ();
4885 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4887 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
4889 target_terminal_inferior ();
4892 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
4895 handle_solib_event (void)
4897 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
4899 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
4900 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
4901 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
4902 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4904 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4906 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4908 target_terminal_inferior ();
4911 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4913 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4916 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
4918 struct bpstat_what retval
;
4922 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4923 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
4924 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
4926 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4928 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4929 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4930 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4933 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4935 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4936 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4940 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
4947 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4950 case bp_shlib_event
:
4954 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4956 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4959 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4962 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4963 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4964 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4968 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4970 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4974 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4975 This requires no further action. */
4980 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4981 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp
;
4983 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4984 case bp_exception_resume
:
4985 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4986 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
4988 case bp_step_resume
:
4990 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
4993 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4994 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4997 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
4999 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5002 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5003 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5006 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5007 case bp_thread_event
:
5008 case bp_overlay_event
:
5009 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5010 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5011 case bp_exception_master
:
5012 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5018 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5020 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5024 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5025 This requires no further action. */
5030 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5033 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5034 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5035 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5036 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5038 case bp_std_terminate
:
5039 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5040 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5041 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5042 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5045 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5046 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5047 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5048 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5050 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5051 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5053 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5054 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5055 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5057 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5058 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5059 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5060 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5063 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5064 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5067 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5070 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5071 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5076 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5078 handle_jit_event ();
5081 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5083 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5089 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5090 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5092 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5093 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5101 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5102 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5103 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5106 bpstat_should_step (void)
5108 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5111 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5117 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5119 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5128 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5129 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5130 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5133 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5135 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5136 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5140 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5142 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5144 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5145 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5146 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5151 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5157 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5158 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5160 "host": Host evals condition.
5161 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5162 "target": Target evals condition.
5166 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5168 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5169 char host_evals
= 0;
5170 char target_evals
= 0;
5175 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5178 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5179 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5180 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5182 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5184 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5190 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5191 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5192 else if (target_evals
)
5193 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5195 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5198 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5199 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5202 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5204 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5207 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5208 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5209 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5211 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5212 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5214 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5217 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5220 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5221 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5223 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5224 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5226 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5230 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5232 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5233 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5234 else if (loc
&& loc
->source_file
)
5237 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5240 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5241 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5242 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5243 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5244 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5245 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5247 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", loc
->source_file
);
5248 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5250 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5252 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
5253 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
5256 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
5259 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5263 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
5264 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
5266 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
5268 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5270 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5273 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5275 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5276 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5277 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5279 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5280 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5281 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5282 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5285 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5289 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5291 struct ep_type_description
5296 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5298 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5299 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5300 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5301 {bp_until
, "until"},
5302 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5303 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5304 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5305 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5306 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5307 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5308 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5309 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5310 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5311 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5312 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5313 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5314 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5315 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5316 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5317 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5318 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5319 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5320 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5321 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5322 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5323 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5324 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5325 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5326 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5327 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5328 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5331 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5332 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5333 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5334 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5337 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5340 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5343 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5344 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5346 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5349 struct command_line
*l
;
5350 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5352 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5353 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5354 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5355 struct value_print_options opts
;
5357 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5359 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5360 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5361 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5364 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5365 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5373 if (part_of_multiple
)
5376 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5377 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5382 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5387 if (part_of_multiple
)
5388 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5390 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5394 if (part_of_multiple
)
5395 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5397 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5402 if (part_of_multiple
)
5403 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5405 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5406 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5407 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5411 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5413 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5414 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5415 make sure there's just one location. */
5416 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5417 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5423 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5424 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5428 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5429 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5430 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5432 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5434 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5435 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5436 is relatively readable). */
5437 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5438 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5440 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5445 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5449 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5451 case bp_exception_resume
:
5452 case bp_step_resume
:
5453 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5454 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5456 case bp_std_terminate
:
5457 case bp_shlib_event
:
5458 case bp_thread_event
:
5459 case bp_overlay_event
:
5460 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5461 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5462 case bp_exception_master
:
5464 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5465 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5467 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5468 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5469 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5472 if (header_of_multiple
)
5473 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5474 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5475 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5477 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5478 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5481 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5482 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
5489 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5492 && !header_of_multiple
5494 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5495 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5496 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5497 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5498 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5499 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
5501 struct inferior
*inf
;
5504 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
5506 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
5511 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5514 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5515 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
5520 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5522 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5524 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5525 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5526 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
5527 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5529 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
5531 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
5532 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
5536 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5538 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5539 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
5541 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
5544 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5545 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5547 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
5548 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
5549 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5552 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
5555 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
5556 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
5558 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
5559 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
5561 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
5562 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
5563 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
5564 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
5565 == condition_evaluation_target
)
5567 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5568 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5569 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
5570 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
5572 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5575 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
5577 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5578 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
5579 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5580 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5583 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
5585 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5586 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
5587 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
5588 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
5589 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
5591 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
5592 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
5593 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5594 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
5595 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
5597 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
5600 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5601 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5602 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5603 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
5604 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5606 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
5609 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
5610 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
5611 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
5614 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
5615 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
5616 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
5617 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
5620 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
5621 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
5622 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
5623 if (b
->ignore_count
)
5624 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
5626 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
5627 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
5628 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
5631 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
5633 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
5635 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
5637 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
5638 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
5639 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
5643 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
5644 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
5646 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
5649 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
5650 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
5651 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
5654 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
5656 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
5658 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
5660 annotate_field (10);
5661 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
5662 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
5663 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5667 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
5669 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5671 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5673 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
5675 else if (b
->addr_string
)
5676 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
5681 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5682 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5685 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
5686 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5688 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
5690 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
5691 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
5693 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5694 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5695 locations, if any. */
5696 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
5698 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5699 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5700 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5703 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5704 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5706 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
5707 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
5709 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5712 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
5714 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
5715 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
5716 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
5717 do_cleanups (inner2
);
5724 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5726 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5727 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5729 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5733 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5734 an address to print. */
5735 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
5738 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
5739 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5740 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5743 return print_address_bits
;
5746 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5752 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
5754 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
5755 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5756 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
5760 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
5762 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
5770 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
5771 char **error_message
)
5773 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
5776 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5778 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
5779 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
5785 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5786 internal or momentary. */
5789 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5791 return b
->number
> 0;
5794 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5795 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5796 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5797 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5798 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5799 breakpoints listed. */
5802 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
5803 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
5805 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5806 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
5807 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5808 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
5809 struct value_print_options opts
;
5810 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5811 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
5812 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5814 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5816 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5817 required for address fields. */
5818 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
5821 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5822 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5825 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5826 accept. Skip the others. */
5827 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5829 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5831 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5835 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5837 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
5839 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
5840 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5841 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5843 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
5844 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
5845 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
5847 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
5851 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5853 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
5854 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5858 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
5859 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5862 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5863 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5864 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5866 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5867 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5869 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
5870 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5871 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5873 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5874 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5876 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5877 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5879 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5881 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
5882 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
5883 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5885 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
5886 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5888 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5890 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5891 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
5892 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5893 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5898 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5899 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5902 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5903 accept. Skip the others. */
5905 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5907 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5909 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5912 else /* all others */
5914 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5918 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5920 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5921 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
5924 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
5926 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
5928 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5932 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5933 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5935 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
5936 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5942 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
5943 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
5946 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5947 there have been breakpoints? */
5948 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5950 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5953 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5954 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5957 default_collect_info (void)
5959 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5961 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5962 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5964 if (!*default_collect
)
5967 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5969 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
5970 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
5971 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5975 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5977 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
5979 default_collect_info ();
5983 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5985 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
5986 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5988 if (num_printed
== 0)
5990 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5991 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5993 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
5998 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6000 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6002 default_collect_info ();
6006 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6007 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6008 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6010 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6012 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6014 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6015 && bl
->address
== pc
6016 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6022 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6023 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6027 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6028 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6029 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6032 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6035 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6036 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6040 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6041 else /* if (others == ???) */
6042 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6044 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6047 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6048 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6049 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6050 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6051 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6052 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6053 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6054 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6056 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6060 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6062 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6063 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6064 printf_filtered (".\n");
6069 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6070 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6071 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6072 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6074 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6075 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6076 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6077 breakpoint at address zero:
6085 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6087 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6089 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6092 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6093 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6096 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6097 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6099 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6100 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6102 /* Both of them must exist. */
6103 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6104 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6106 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6107 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6108 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6109 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6110 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6111 other watchpoint. */
6113 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6115 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6118 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6120 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6124 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6125 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6126 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6127 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6128 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6129 become hw_access locations later. */
6130 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6131 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6132 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6133 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6136 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6137 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6138 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6139 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6142 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6143 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6145 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
6146 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6150 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6151 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6152 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6153 space doesn't really matter. */
6156 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6157 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6160 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
6161 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6162 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6165 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6166 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6167 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6168 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6171 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6172 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6175 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6178 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6179 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6183 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6184 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6185 true, otherwise returns false. */
6188 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6189 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6191 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6192 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6193 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6194 different locations. */
6195 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6200 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6201 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6202 represent the same location. */
6205 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6206 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6208 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6210 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6211 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6212 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6214 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6215 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6217 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6220 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6221 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6222 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6224 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6225 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6226 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6227 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6231 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6232 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6234 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6235 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6239 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6240 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6242 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6243 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6245 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6248 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6249 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6250 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6251 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6254 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6255 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6257 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6259 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6262 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6263 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6264 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6265 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6266 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6268 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6269 have their addresses modified. */
6274 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6276 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6277 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6278 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6280 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6281 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6283 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6284 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6286 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6291 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6292 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6294 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6296 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6301 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6302 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6305 switch (owner
->type
)
6311 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6313 case bp_exception_resume
:
6314 case bp_step_resume
:
6315 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6316 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6318 case bp_std_terminate
:
6319 case bp_shlib_event
:
6320 case bp_thread_event
:
6321 case bp_overlay_event
:
6323 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6324 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6325 case bp_exception_master
:
6326 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6327 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6328 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6329 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6331 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6332 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6333 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6335 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6336 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6337 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6338 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6343 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6344 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6345 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6348 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6354 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6356 static struct bp_location
*
6357 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6359 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6363 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6365 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6369 /* Increment reference count. */
6372 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6377 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6378 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6381 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6383 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6385 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6386 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6390 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6393 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6395 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6397 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6398 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6400 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6402 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6411 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6414 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6415 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6417 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6419 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6421 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6425 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6426 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6427 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6429 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6432 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6434 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6435 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6436 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6437 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6440 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6441 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6443 static struct breakpoint
*
6444 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6446 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6448 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6450 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6451 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6455 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6456 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6460 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6462 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6464 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6465 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6466 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
6469 const char *function_name
;
6471 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
6472 NULL
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
6474 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
6476 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6478 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
6479 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
6480 &loc
->requested_address
))
6482 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6483 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6484 loc
->requested_address
,
6487 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
6488 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
6490 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6491 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6492 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
6497 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
6501 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6503 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6506 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
6508 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
6513 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6514 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6515 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6517 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6518 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6519 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6522 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6523 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
6524 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6526 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6528 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6530 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
6531 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
6533 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6534 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6536 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6537 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
6539 breakpoints_changed ();
6542 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
6543 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
6544 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
6545 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
6546 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
6547 is also returned as the value of this function.
6549 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6550 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6551 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
6552 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
6553 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
6554 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
6555 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
6558 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6559 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
6560 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6562 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6564 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
6565 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6570 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
6571 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
6573 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6575 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6577 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
6579 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
6580 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
6581 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
6582 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
6583 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
6584 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6588 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
6589 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
6590 initiated the operation. */
6593 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
6595 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6596 int thread
= tp
->num
;
6598 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6599 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6600 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6601 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6602 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6603 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
6604 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
6605 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
6607 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
6608 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
6610 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
6611 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
6612 clone
->thread
= thread
;
6615 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
6618 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6620 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
6622 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6624 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6625 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
6627 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
6628 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6633 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
6635 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6637 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6638 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
6640 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
6641 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
6646 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6648 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6651 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6653 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6654 update_global_location_list (1);
6655 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
6660 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6662 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6665 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6667 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
6668 update_global_location_list (0);
6669 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
6673 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6674 master breakpoint. */
6676 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6678 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6680 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6681 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
6682 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
6684 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
6685 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
6689 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6691 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6693 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6695 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6696 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
6697 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6701 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6703 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6705 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
6706 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
6708 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6709 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6711 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6713 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6719 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6721 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6724 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
6725 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6726 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6729 struct lang_and_radix
6735 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6738 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6740 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6742 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
6743 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
6744 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6748 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6751 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6753 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6755 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6756 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6757 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6758 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6762 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6764 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6766 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6767 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
6768 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6769 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6773 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6775 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6777 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
6778 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
6779 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6783 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6784 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6787 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6789 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6791 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6793 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6794 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6796 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6797 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6798 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6799 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6800 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6801 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
6802 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
6803 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6804 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
6805 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
6806 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6808 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
6810 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
6814 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6819 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6820 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6824 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
6826 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6827 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
6829 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6830 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6831 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6832 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6833 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
6834 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
6837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6839 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6840 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6842 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
6843 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6844 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6845 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6846 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6847 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6848 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
6849 || is_tracepoint (b
))
6850 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
6852 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6853 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6854 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6855 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6858 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6859 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
6861 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
6863 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6864 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6865 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6868 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
6873 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6875 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6876 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6877 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6878 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6879 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6881 struct fork_catchpoint
6883 /* The base class. */
6884 struct breakpoint base
;
6886 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6887 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6888 catchpoint has triggered. */
6889 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
6892 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6896 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6898 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6901 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6905 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6907 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6910 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6914 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6915 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
6916 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
6918 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
6920 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
6923 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
6927 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6930 static enum print_stop_action
6931 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
6933 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6934 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6935 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6937 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6938 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6941 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
6942 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6944 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
6945 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
6946 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6948 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
6949 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
6950 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6951 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
6952 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6955 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6959 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6961 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
6962 struct value_print_options opts
;
6963 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6965 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6967 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6968 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6970 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6971 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6973 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
6974 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6976 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6977 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6978 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6979 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6983 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6987 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6989 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
6992 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6996 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6998 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
6999 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7002 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7004 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7006 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7010 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7012 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7015 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7019 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7021 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7024 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7028 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7029 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7030 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7032 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7034 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7037 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7041 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7044 static enum print_stop_action
7045 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7047 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7048 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7049 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7051 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7052 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7053 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7055 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7056 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7058 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7059 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7060 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7062 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7063 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7064 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7065 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7066 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7069 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7073 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7075 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7076 struct value_print_options opts
;
7077 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7079 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7080 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7081 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7083 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7084 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7086 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7087 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7089 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7090 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7091 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7092 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7096 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7100 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7102 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7105 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7109 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7111 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7112 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7115 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7117 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7119 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7120 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7121 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7122 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7123 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7125 struct solib_catchpoint
7127 /* The base class. */
7128 struct breakpoint base
;
7130 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7131 unsigned char is_load
;
7133 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7134 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7140 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7142 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7145 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7146 xfree (self
->regex
);
7148 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7152 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7158 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7164 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7165 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7167 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7169 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7170 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7172 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7175 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7177 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7179 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7182 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7185 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7188 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7190 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7199 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7201 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7202 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7207 struct so_list
*iter
;
7210 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7215 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7224 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7229 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7235 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7238 static enum print_stop_action
7239 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7241 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7242 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7244 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7245 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7246 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7248 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7249 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7250 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7251 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7252 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7253 print_solib_event (1);
7254 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7258 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7260 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7261 struct value_print_options opts
;
7262 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7265 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7266 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7267 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7269 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7272 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7279 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7281 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7286 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7288 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7290 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7295 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7297 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7299 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7300 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7304 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7306 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7308 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7309 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7310 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7312 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7313 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7316 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7318 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7322 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7323 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7325 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7326 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7329 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7331 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7335 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7337 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7338 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7344 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7347 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7349 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7350 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7352 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7355 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7356 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
,
7357 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7359 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7360 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7364 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7365 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7367 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7371 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7372 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7374 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
7379 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7380 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7381 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7382 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7383 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7385 struct syscall_catchpoint
7387 /* The base class. */
7388 struct breakpoint base
;
7390 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7391 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7392 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7393 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7394 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
7397 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7401 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7403 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
7405 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
7407 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7410 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
7412 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7414 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7415 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7416 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7418 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7419 int any_syscall_count
;
7421 /* Count of each system call. */
7422 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
7424 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7425 if any catching is necessary. */
7426 int total_syscalls_count
;
7429 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
7430 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
7432 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
7434 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
7435 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
7437 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
7438 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
7445 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
7451 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7455 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7457 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7458 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
7459 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
7460 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
7462 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
7463 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
7464 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
7470 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
7475 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
7477 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
7478 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
7479 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
7481 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
7482 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
7483 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
7485 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
7486 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
7488 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
7489 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
7493 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
7494 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
7495 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
7497 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
7499 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
7502 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7506 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7508 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7509 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
7510 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
7511 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
7513 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
7514 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
7515 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
7521 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
7525 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
7526 /* Shouldn't happen. */
7528 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
7529 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
7533 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
7534 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
7535 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
7537 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
7539 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
7542 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7546 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7547 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7548 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7550 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
7551 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
7552 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
7553 int syscall_number
= 0;
7554 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
7555 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7557 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7558 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
7561 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
7563 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
7564 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
7569 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
7571 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
7581 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7584 static enum print_stop_action
7585 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
7587 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7588 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7589 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
7590 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7591 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
7592 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
7594 struct target_waitstatus last
;
7598 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
7600 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
7602 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7604 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7605 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7607 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7608 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7610 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7611 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7612 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7613 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
7614 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7616 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7618 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
7619 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
7621 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
7623 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7624 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
7626 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
7628 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7630 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7633 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7637 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7638 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7640 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
7641 struct value_print_options opts
;
7642 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7644 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7645 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7646 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7648 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7649 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7652 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
7653 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
7654 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
7656 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
7658 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
7661 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
7664 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
7669 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
7672 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
7674 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
7676 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
7677 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
7681 /* Remove the last comma. */
7682 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
7683 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
7686 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
7687 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
7690 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7694 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7696 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
7698 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
7702 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
7703 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
7705 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
7708 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
7712 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
7715 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
7717 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
7719 printf_filtered (")");
7722 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
7726 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7730 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7732 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
7734 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
7736 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
7741 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
7746 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
7748 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
7750 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
7753 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7756 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
7758 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
7760 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
7763 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7765 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
7768 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
7769 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
7770 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
7771 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
7774 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7775 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
7777 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7779 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7782 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
7784 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
7786 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
7787 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7791 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
7793 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7794 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
7797 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
7800 update_global_location_list (1);
7804 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7805 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
7806 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7808 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
7810 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
7812 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
7814 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7817 /* Exec catchpoints. */
7819 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
7820 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7821 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7822 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7823 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7825 struct exec_catchpoint
7827 /* The base class. */
7828 struct breakpoint base
;
7830 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
7831 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
7833 char *exec_pathname
;
7836 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7840 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7842 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
7844 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
7846 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7850 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7852 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7856 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7858 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7862 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7863 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7864 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7866 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7868 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
7871 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
7875 static enum print_stop_action
7876 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
7878 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7879 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7880 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
7882 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7883 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7884 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7886 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7887 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7889 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7890 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
7891 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7893 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7894 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
7895 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
7896 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7898 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7902 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7904 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
7905 struct value_print_options opts
;
7906 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7908 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7910 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
7911 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
7912 is relatively readable). */
7913 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7914 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7916 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
7917 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
7919 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
7920 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
7921 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
7926 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7928 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
7931 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7935 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7937 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
7938 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7941 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
7944 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
7945 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7947 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
7948 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7950 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
7951 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
7952 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
7954 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7958 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
7961 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7962 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7966 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7967 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7969 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
7971 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
7978 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
7982 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7985 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7987 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7990 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7992 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7994 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8000 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8001 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8002 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8003 types _not_ TYPE. */
8006 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8007 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8010 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8012 *other_type_used
= 0;
8017 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8020 if (b
->type
== type
)
8021 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8022 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8023 *other_type_used
= 1;
8030 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8032 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8036 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8038 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8039 update_global_location_list (0);
8045 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8047 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8051 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8053 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8054 update_global_location_list (1);
8060 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8062 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8063 update_global_location_list (0);
8067 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8069 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8070 breakpoint_re_set ();
8074 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8075 at address specified by SAL.
8076 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8079 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8080 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8082 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8084 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
8086 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
8088 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8089 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8090 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8091 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8093 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8094 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8096 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8097 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8099 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8104 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8105 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8108 static struct breakpoint
*
8109 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8111 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8113 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8115 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8116 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8117 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8119 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8120 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8121 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8122 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8123 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8125 if (orig
->loc
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8126 copy
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->loc
->source_file
);
8128 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8129 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8130 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8131 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8133 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8134 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8135 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8137 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8141 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8145 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8147 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8151 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8155 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8158 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8160 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8162 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8163 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8165 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8169 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8172 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8174 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8175 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8177 printf_filtered ("\n");
8181 static struct bp_location
*
8182 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8183 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8185 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8186 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8187 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8189 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8190 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8192 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8193 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8194 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8195 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8196 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8197 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8198 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8201 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8202 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8206 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8207 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8208 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8209 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8210 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8211 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8213 if (sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8214 loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8215 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8217 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8218 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8223 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8224 return 0 otherwise. */
8227 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8231 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8232 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8233 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8236 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8238 addr
= loc
->address
;
8239 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8241 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8245 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8247 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8248 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8249 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8250 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8252 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8253 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8255 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8256 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8259 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8266 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8267 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8268 as condition expression. */
8271 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8272 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8273 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
8274 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8275 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8276 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8277 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8278 int display_canonical
)
8282 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8284 int target_resources_ok
;
8286 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8287 target_resources_ok
=
8288 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8290 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8291 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8292 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8293 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8296 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
8298 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8300 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
8301 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8305 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8307 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8309 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8310 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8315 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8319 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8320 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8321 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8322 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8324 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8325 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8327 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8329 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8330 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8332 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8334 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8335 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8336 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
8340 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8342 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8344 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
8345 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
8347 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8349 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
8351 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8353 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
8354 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
8356 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8358 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
8361 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8362 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8369 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8370 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8374 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8375 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
8379 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8380 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8382 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
8386 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8388 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
8390 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
8393 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
8398 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8399 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8400 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
8401 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8402 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8403 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8404 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8405 int display_canonical
)
8407 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8408 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8410 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
8412 struct tracepoint
*t
;
8414 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
8418 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
8420 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
8422 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
8424 filter
, cond_string
,
8426 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8428 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8430 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
8432 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
8435 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8436 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8437 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8438 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8439 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8440 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8441 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8442 we take just a single condition string.
8444 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8445 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8446 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8447 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8448 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8451 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8452 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8454 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8455 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8456 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8457 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8460 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
8462 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8463 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
8465 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
8467 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8468 'break', without arguments. */
8469 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
8470 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
8472 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
8473 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
8475 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
8476 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
8479 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
8480 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8481 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8482 canonical
->special_display
);
8483 discard_cleanups (inner
);
8487 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8488 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8489 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
8490 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
8492 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8493 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8496 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
8497 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8499 char *addr_start
= *address
;
8501 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
8503 if ((*address
) == NULL
8504 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
8506 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
8508 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8510 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
8511 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8513 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
8514 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
8515 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8517 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8518 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
8519 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
8520 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
8522 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8523 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8524 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8525 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8526 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8527 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8529 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
8530 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
8531 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
8533 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
8536 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8540 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8541 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8542 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8543 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
8544 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8545 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
8546 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
8547 get_last_displayed_line (),
8548 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8550 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
8551 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
8552 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8557 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
8558 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
8561 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
8565 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
8566 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
8569 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
8570 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
8571 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
8572 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
8573 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
8577 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8578 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
8581 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
8583 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8585 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
8587 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
8589 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
8591 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8592 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
8593 associated with SAL. */
8596 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
8598 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
8601 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
8602 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
8604 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8608 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
8609 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
8610 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
8611 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
8612 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
8613 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
8615 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8616 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
8618 *cond_string
= NULL
;
8624 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
8625 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
8627 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
8629 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
8631 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
8633 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
8635 struct expression
*expr
;
8637 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
8638 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
8641 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
8642 cond_end
- cond_start
);
8644 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
8650 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
8652 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
8653 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
8654 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
8656 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
8662 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
8664 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8665 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
8666 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
8669 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8673 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8675 static struct symtabs_and_lines
8676 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
8678 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
8679 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8680 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8682 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8683 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
8688 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8690 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8692 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
8693 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
8695 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
8696 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
8697 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
8699 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
8700 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
8702 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8704 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
8706 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
8708 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
8710 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
8711 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
8713 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
8716 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8722 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
8723 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
8724 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
8725 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
8726 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
8727 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
8728 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
8729 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
8730 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
8734 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8735 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
8736 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
8737 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
8739 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
8740 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8741 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
8744 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
8745 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
8746 char *addr_start
= arg
;
8747 struct linespec_result canonical
;
8748 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8749 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
8753 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
8755 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
8757 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
8759 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
8761 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
8762 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
8765 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
8769 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
8775 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
8777 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8780 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
8781 throw_exception (e
);
8783 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
8785 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8786 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8787 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8788 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
8789 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
8792 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8793 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8794 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8795 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8797 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
8799 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
8800 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
8801 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
8802 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
8803 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
8805 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
8809 throw_exception (e
);
8813 throw_exception (e
);
8816 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8817 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
8819 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8820 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8821 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8822 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8823 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
8825 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8826 are ok for the target. */
8830 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
8832 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
8833 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
8836 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8837 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
8840 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
8842 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
8843 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
8846 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8847 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8851 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
8853 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
8855 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
8857 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8858 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8859 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8860 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8863 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
8866 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
8870 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8873 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
8874 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
8878 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
8879 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
8880 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
8881 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8882 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
8886 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8888 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
8890 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
8892 struct tracepoint
*t
;
8894 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
8898 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
8900 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
8902 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
8903 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
8904 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8905 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8906 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
8907 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8908 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
8909 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
8910 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
8912 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
8915 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
8917 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8918 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8919 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
8922 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8924 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
8925 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8926 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8928 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8929 update_global_location_list (1);
8934 /* Set a breakpoint.
8935 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8936 condition, and thread.
8937 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8938 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8942 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
8944 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
8945 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8946 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8949 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8951 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8952 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
8953 0 /* Ignore count */,
8954 pending_break_support
,
8955 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
,
8962 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8965 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8969 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8971 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
8972 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8973 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8976 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8977 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8978 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
8979 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
8982 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8984 struct blockvector
*bv
;
8988 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
8991 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
8994 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
8995 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
8999 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9000 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9001 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9002 happen in assembly source). */
9004 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
9005 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9007 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9009 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9011 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
9013 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9020 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9022 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9026 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9028 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9032 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9034 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9038 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9040 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9044 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9046 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9047 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9048 stop at <line>\n"));
9052 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9056 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9058 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9063 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9064 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9065 function/method name. */
9066 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9068 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9073 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9075 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9079 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9081 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9085 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9089 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9096 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9097 it is probably a line number. */
9098 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9100 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9105 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9107 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9111 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9113 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9116 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9117 ranged breakpoints. */
9120 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9121 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9123 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9125 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9126 || ws
->value
.sig
!= TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9129 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9130 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9133 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9134 ranged breakpoints. */
9137 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9139 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9142 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9143 ranged breakpoints. */
9145 static enum print_stop_action
9146 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9148 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9149 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9150 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9152 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9154 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9155 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9157 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9158 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9159 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9161 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9162 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9164 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9165 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9166 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9168 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9169 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
9171 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9174 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9175 ranged breakpoints. */
9178 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9179 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9181 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9182 struct value_print_options opts
;
9183 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9185 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9186 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9188 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9190 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9191 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9192 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9193 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
9195 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9199 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9200 ranged breakpoints. */
9203 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9204 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9206 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9207 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9208 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
9209 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
9213 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9214 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9216 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
9217 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
->stream
, "[%s, %s]",
9218 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9219 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9220 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
9221 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9223 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9226 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9227 ranged breakpoints. */
9230 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9232 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9233 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9236 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9238 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9241 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9242 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9243 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9246 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9247 ranged breakpoints. */
9250 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9252 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
9253 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
9254 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9257 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9259 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9261 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9262 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9263 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9264 last instruction of the given line. */
9267 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9271 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9272 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9273 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9280 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9282 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9284 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9291 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9294 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9296 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
9297 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9298 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9300 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9301 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
9302 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
9303 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
9305 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9306 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9307 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9309 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9310 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9311 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9314 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9316 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9317 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9318 error(_("No address range specified."));
9320 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
9323 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
9325 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
9328 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9329 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
9330 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9332 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
9334 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
9335 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
9336 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9338 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
9339 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9340 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
9342 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9343 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9345 /* Parse the end location. */
9347 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
9350 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9351 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9352 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9353 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9354 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9355 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9356 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9357 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9359 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
9361 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
9362 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9364 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
9365 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
9366 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
9367 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9369 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
9370 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9371 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
9373 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9374 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9375 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9377 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9379 /* Length overflowed. */
9380 error (_("Address range too large."));
9381 else if (length
== 1)
9383 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9384 the `hbreak' command. */
9385 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
9387 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
9392 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9393 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9394 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9395 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9396 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9397 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9398 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
9399 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
9400 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9402 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
9405 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
9406 update_global_location_list (1);
9409 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9410 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9411 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9415 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9423 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9424 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9427 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9437 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9438 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9439 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9440 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9441 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9443 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
9459 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT
:
9471 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
9474 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
9475 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
9479 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9480 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9481 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9482 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9484 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9485 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9490 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9492 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9493 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9494 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9495 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9497 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9498 are always constant. */
9500 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
9502 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
9503 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
9504 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
9509 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9510 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9511 then it is not a constant. */
9520 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9523 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
9525 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
9527 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
9529 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
9530 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
9531 value_free (w
->val
);
9533 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
9536 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9539 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9541 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9543 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9544 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9546 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9547 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9548 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9549 are loaded and unloaded.
9551 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9552 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
9553 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
9554 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
9555 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
9556 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9558 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9559 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
9560 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9561 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9563 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9564 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9566 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
9567 reevaluated again when enabled. */
9568 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
9571 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9574 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9576 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9577 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9579 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9583 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9586 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9588 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9589 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9591 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9596 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9597 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
9598 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9600 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
9601 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9603 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
9604 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
9605 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
9606 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
9607 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
9608 (did not match the data address). */
9609 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
9610 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
9617 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
9619 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
9621 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
9624 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9625 hardware watchpoints. */
9628 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9630 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9631 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9633 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
9636 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9637 hardware watchpoints. */
9640 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9642 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
9643 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9646 static enum print_stop_action
9647 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
9649 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9650 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9651 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
9652 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
9653 enum print_stop_action result
;
9654 struct watchpoint
*w
;
9655 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9657 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
9659 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
9660 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9661 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9663 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
9664 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
9669 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9670 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9671 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9674 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9676 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
9677 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
9678 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
9679 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
9680 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
9681 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
->stream
);
9682 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
9683 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9684 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9685 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9688 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9689 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9692 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9694 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
9695 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
9696 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
->stream
);
9697 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
9698 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9699 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9702 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9703 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
9705 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9706 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9709 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9711 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
9712 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
9713 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
9714 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
9715 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
9720 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9723 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9724 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
9725 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
9727 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
->stream
);
9728 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
9729 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9730 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9733 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9736 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9740 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
9744 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9746 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
9747 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9748 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9753 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
9754 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
9756 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9757 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
9758 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
9760 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9761 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
9762 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
9764 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9765 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9766 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
9769 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9770 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9773 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
9774 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
9775 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
9776 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
9779 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9783 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9785 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9790 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9791 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
9793 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9794 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
9796 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9797 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
9800 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9801 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
9804 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
9805 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9808 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
9810 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9812 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
9813 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9816 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9818 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9820 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
9821 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
9824 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
9825 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9828 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9830 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9832 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
9833 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
9836 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9837 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9840 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9842 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9844 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
9847 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9848 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9851 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9856 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9857 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9859 static enum print_stop_action
9860 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
9862 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9863 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9865 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9866 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
9870 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9871 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9872 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9875 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9878 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9879 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9882 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9885 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9886 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9889 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9892 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9893 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9897 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
9898 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9899 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9900 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9902 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9903 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9906 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9907 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9910 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9911 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9913 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9915 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9916 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
9918 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
9919 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
9920 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9923 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9924 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9927 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9929 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9930 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9931 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
9935 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9936 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9937 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
9939 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9940 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9941 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
9943 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9944 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9945 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
9948 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9949 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9952 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
9953 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
9954 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
9955 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
9958 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9959 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9962 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9964 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9969 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9970 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
9972 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9973 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
9975 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9976 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
9979 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9980 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9983 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
9984 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
9985 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9988 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9990 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9992 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9995 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9997 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10000 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10001 hw_read: watch read,
10002 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10004 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10005 int just_location
, int internal
)
10007 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10008 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10009 struct expression
*exp
;
10010 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10011 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10012 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10013 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10014 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10015 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10017 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10018 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10019 enum bptype bp_type
;
10022 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10023 the hardware watchpoint. */
10025 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10026 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10028 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10029 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10033 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10034 of the arguments string. */
10035 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10037 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10038 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10041 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10042 This is the value of the parameter. */
10043 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10045 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10047 /* Skip whitespace. */
10048 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10053 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10054 This is the parameter itself. */
10055 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10058 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10060 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10062 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10063 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10064 only in a specific thread. */
10068 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10070 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10071 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10073 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10075 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10076 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10078 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10079 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10080 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
10082 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10084 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10085 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10087 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10090 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10092 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10094 mark
= value_mark ();
10095 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10096 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10097 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10100 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10103 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10104 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10109 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10110 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10112 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
10114 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10115 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10117 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10120 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10121 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10125 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10126 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10128 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10131 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10132 mark
= value_mark ();
10133 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10139 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10140 val
= value_addr (result
);
10141 release_value (val
);
10142 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10146 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10149 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10150 else if (ret
== -2)
10151 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10154 else if (val
!= NULL
)
10155 release_value (val
);
10157 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10158 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10160 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10161 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10163 struct expression
*cond
;
10165 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10166 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10167 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
10169 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10170 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10171 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10177 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10179 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10180 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10181 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10182 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10184 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10186 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10188 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10189 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10190 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10191 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10192 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
10194 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
10197 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
10198 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
10199 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10200 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10202 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10204 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10205 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10207 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10208 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10210 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10211 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
10212 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
10213 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
10214 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10215 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10216 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10217 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10218 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10222 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10224 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
10227 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
10228 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10230 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
10231 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10232 b
->thread
= thread
;
10233 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10234 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10236 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10237 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10240 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
10241 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
10244 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
10245 name
= type_to_string (t
);
10247 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
10248 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
10251 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10252 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10254 /* The above expression is in C. */
10255 b
->language
= language_c
;
10258 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10262 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10271 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10273 b
->cond_string
= 0;
10277 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
10278 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10282 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10283 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10286 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10288 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10289 need to act on them together. */
10290 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10291 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
10294 if (!just_location
)
10295 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10297 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
10299 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10300 that should be inserted. */
10301 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
10305 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10306 throw_exception (e
);
10309 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
10312 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10313 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10316 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
10318 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10319 struct value
*head
= v
;
10321 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10322 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10325 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10326 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10327 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10328 hardware watchpoint.
10330 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10331 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10332 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10333 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10334 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10335 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10336 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10337 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10338 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10340 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10341 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10342 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10343 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10344 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
10346 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10348 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10349 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10350 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10351 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10352 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10353 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10357 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10358 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10359 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10361 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10362 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10363 middle of some value chain. */
10365 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10366 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10368 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10372 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10373 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10374 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10376 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10380 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10384 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10385 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10386 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10387 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10388 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10391 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10392 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10393 return found_memory_cnt
;
10397 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10399 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10402 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
10403 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
10404 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
10405 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
10408 check_for_argument (char **str
, char *arg
, int arg_len
)
10410 if (strncmp (*str
, arg
, arg_len
) == 0
10411 && ((*str
)[arg_len
] == '\0' || isspace ((*str
)[arg_len
])))
10419 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10420 calls watch_command_1. */
10423 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10425 int just_location
= 0;
10428 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10429 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10431 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10435 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10439 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10441 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10445 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10447 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10451 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10453 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10457 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10459 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10463 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10465 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10469 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
10470 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
10472 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
10474 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
10475 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
10479 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
10480 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
10481 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
10484 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
10486 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
10488 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
10489 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
10490 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
10491 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
10495 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
10497 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
10498 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10499 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
10500 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
10501 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
10502 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10503 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
10504 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
10505 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10507 struct thread_info
*tp
;
10509 clear_proceed_status ();
10511 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10514 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
10515 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10516 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10517 get_last_displayed_line ());
10519 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10520 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
10522 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10523 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
10525 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
10526 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
10529 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10531 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
10533 tp
= inferior_thread ();
10536 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
10538 /* Installing a breakpoint invalidates the frame chain (as it may
10539 need to switch threads), so do any frame handling first. */
10541 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
10544 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10546 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
10548 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
10549 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10550 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
10554 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
10556 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
10557 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
10560 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
10564 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
10565 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
10566 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
10567 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10569 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
10570 only at the very same frame. */
10571 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
10572 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10573 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
10575 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
10577 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
10578 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
10579 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
10580 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
10582 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
10584 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
10585 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
10587 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
10588 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
10589 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
10591 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
10592 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
10593 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
10597 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10600 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
10601 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
10603 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
10604 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
10605 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
10606 if clause in the arg string. */
10609 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
10613 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
10616 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
10619 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
10620 condition string. */
10621 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
10622 cond_string
= *arg
;
10624 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
10626 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
10628 return cond_string
;
10631 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
10632 process start/exit, etc. */
10636 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
10637 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
10642 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10643 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10645 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10646 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
10647 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
10650 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
10651 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
10652 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
10656 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10658 /* The allowed syntax is:
10660 catch [v]fork if <cond>
10662 First, check if there's an if clause. */
10663 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
10665 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
10666 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10668 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
10669 and enable reporting of such events. */
10672 case catch_fork_temporary
:
10673 case catch_fork_permanent
:
10674 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
10675 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
10677 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
10678 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
10679 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
10680 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
10683 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
10689 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10690 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10692 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
10693 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10695 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
10697 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10701 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10703 /* The allowed syntax is:
10705 catch exec if <cond>
10707 First, check if there's an if clause. */
10708 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
10710 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
10711 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10713 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
10714 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
10715 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
10716 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
10718 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
10721 static enum print_stop_action
10722 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10724 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10725 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10726 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
10728 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
10730 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
10731 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
10732 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
10735 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
10736 ui_out_text (uiout
,
10737 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
10739 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10740 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10741 ui_out_text (uiout
,
10742 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
10743 : " (exception caught), ");
10744 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10746 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10747 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10748 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10749 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10751 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10755 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10756 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10758 struct value_print_options opts
;
10759 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10761 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10762 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10764 annotate_field (4);
10765 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
10766 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
10768 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
10769 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
10771 annotate_field (5);
10773 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
10774 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
10775 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
10777 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
10781 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10783 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10787 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
10788 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
10789 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
10790 : _("Catchpoint "));
10791 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10792 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
10796 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
10797 catch catchpoints. */
10800 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10801 struct ui_file
*fp
)
10806 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
10807 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
10808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
10809 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
10810 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10813 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
10816 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
10817 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
10819 char *trigger_func_name
;
10821 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
10822 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
10824 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
10826 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10827 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
10828 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
10829 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
10831 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
10832 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
10840 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
10843 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
10844 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
10846 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
10850 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10852 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
10854 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
10855 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10857 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
10858 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
10859 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
10861 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
10864 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
10867 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
10870 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10872 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10874 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
10877 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
10880 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10882 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10884 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
10888 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10889 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
10890 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
10892 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
10898 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
10900 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
10902 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
10903 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
10904 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10905 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10906 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10907 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10908 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10909 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10910 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10911 enough for now, though. */
10914 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
10916 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10917 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
10918 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
10919 b
->language
= language_ada
;
10922 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10923 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10925 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
10927 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
10928 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
10930 while (*arg
!= '\0')
10932 int i
, syscall_number
;
10934 char cur_name
[128];
10937 /* Skip whitespace. */
10938 while (isspace (*arg
))
10941 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
10942 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
10943 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
10946 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10947 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
10948 if (*endptr
== '\0')
10949 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
10952 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10954 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
10956 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
10957 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10958 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10959 syscall number to be caught. */
10960 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
10963 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10964 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
10967 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
10971 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10974 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10975 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10980 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10982 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10983 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
10984 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10985 this architecture yet."));
10987 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10989 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10991 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10992 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10993 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10994 for his/her architecture. */
10995 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
10997 /* The allowed syntax is:
10999 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11001 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11004 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11008 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11009 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11013 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11015 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11020 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11022 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11025 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11028 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11030 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11031 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11032 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11033 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11035 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11037 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11040 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11044 return ub
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11047 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11050 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11052 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11053 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11056 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11057 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11059 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11063 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11064 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11069 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11070 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11071 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11072 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11074 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11075 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11076 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11077 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11078 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11079 error (_("No source file specified."));
11081 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11087 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11088 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11089 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11090 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11092 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11093 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11094 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11095 due to optimization, all in one block.
11097 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11098 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11099 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11100 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11101 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11102 to support that. */
11104 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11105 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11106 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11110 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11111 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11113 int is_abs
, sal_name_len
;
11115 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11116 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11117 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11120 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11125 1 0 <can't happen> */
11127 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11128 is_abs
= sal
.symtab
== NULL
? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11129 sal_name_len
= is_abs
? 0 : strlen (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11131 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11132 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11135 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11136 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11138 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11139 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11141 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11142 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11143 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11145 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11146 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11147 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11148 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11149 int line_match
= 0;
11151 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11152 && loc
->source_file
!= NULL
11153 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11154 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11155 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
)
11157 if (filename_cmp (loc
->source_file
,
11158 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0)
11160 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
)
11161 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc
->source_file
,
11162 sal
.symtab
->filename
,
11167 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11176 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11180 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11181 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11184 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11186 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11189 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11190 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11191 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11192 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11193 compare_breakpoints
);
11194 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11195 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11199 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11204 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11205 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11208 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11209 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11211 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11213 breakpoints_changed ();
11215 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11218 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11219 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11222 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11224 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11227 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11228 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11229 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11232 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11234 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11236 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11237 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11238 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11240 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11242 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11244 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11245 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11249 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11250 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11251 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11252 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11253 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11254 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11257 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11259 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
11260 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
11261 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11262 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11263 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11265 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11266 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11268 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11269 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11272 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11273 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11274 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11276 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11277 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
11278 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
11280 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11281 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11282 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11284 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11285 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11286 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11288 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11291 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11292 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11293 content of the bp_location array. */
11296 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11298 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11300 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11301 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11303 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11305 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11307 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11310 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11311 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11313 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11314 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11315 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11316 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11318 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11320 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11321 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11322 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11323 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11327 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11330 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11332 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11333 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11335 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11338 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
11340 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11342 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11344 if (!is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
11347 if ((bl
->owner
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11348 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11349 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11352 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11353 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11354 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11355 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11358 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11360 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11363 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11364 t
->number_on_target
= bl
->owner
->number
;
11367 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11370 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11373 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11375 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11376 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11377 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11378 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11380 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11381 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11382 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11383 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11384 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11386 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11387 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11388 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11389 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11390 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11391 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11392 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11393 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11396 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11397 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11398 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11402 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11404 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11405 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11406 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11409 address
= bl
->address
;
11410 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11412 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11413 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11414 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11416 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11417 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11420 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11421 the same program space as the location
11422 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11423 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11424 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11428 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11429 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11432 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11433 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11434 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11435 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11436 that have already been marked. */
11437 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11439 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11441 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
11443 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
11444 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
11449 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
11450 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
11451 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
11452 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
11453 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
11454 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
11455 returns true on them.
11457 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
11458 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
11459 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
11460 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
11461 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
11462 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
11465 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
11467 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11468 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11469 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
11470 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11471 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11472 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11473 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11475 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11476 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11477 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11478 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11479 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11481 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11482 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11483 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11484 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11486 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
11487 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11488 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
11489 unsigned old_location_count
;
11491 old_location
= bp_location
;
11492 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
11493 bp_location
= NULL
;
11494 bp_location_count
= 0;
11495 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
11497 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11498 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11499 bp_location_count
++;
11501 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
11502 locp
= bp_location
;
11503 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11504 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11506 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
11507 bp_location_compare
);
11509 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
11511 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11512 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11513 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11514 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11515 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11518 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11519 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11521 locp
= bp_location
;
11522 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
11525 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11526 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11528 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11529 not, we have to free it. */
11530 int found_object
= 0;
11531 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11532 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11535 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11536 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11537 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
11538 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11542 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
11543 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11546 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11547 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11548 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11550 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11551 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11552 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11554 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11555 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11558 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11562 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11563 have to go through updates again. */
11564 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11566 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11568 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11570 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11571 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11572 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11573 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11574 at certain location is not inserted. */
11576 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11578 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11581 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11583 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11584 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11585 keep_in_target
= 1;
11589 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11590 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11591 remove its target-side condition. */
11593 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11594 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11595 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11596 this one from the target. */
11598 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11599 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
11602 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
11603 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11606 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11608 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11610 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11611 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11612 supported, but the latter are. */
11613 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11615 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11616 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11619 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11620 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11622 if (loc2
!= old_loc
11623 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11625 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11626 keep_in_target
= 1;
11634 if (!keep_in_target
)
11636 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
11638 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11639 this location on the global list, and try to
11640 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11641 reason why we will succeed next time.
11643 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11644 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11645 only after calling us. */
11646 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11647 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11648 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11656 if (removed
&& non_stop
11657 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
11658 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11660 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11661 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11662 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11663 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11664 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11665 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11666 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11667 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11668 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11669 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11670 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11671 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11672 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11673 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11676 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11677 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11679 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11680 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11681 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11682 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11683 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11684 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11685 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11686 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11687 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11688 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11689 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11690 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11691 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11694 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11695 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11696 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11697 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11699 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11700 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11701 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11702 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11703 traps we can no longer explain. */
11705 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
11706 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11708 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
11712 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11713 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
11718 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11719 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11720 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11721 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11722 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11723 are sorted first for the same address.
11725 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11726 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11728 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11729 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11730 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11731 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11732 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
11734 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11736 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
11739 if (!should_be_inserted (loc
)
11740 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
11741 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11742 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11743 `struct bp_location'. */
11744 || is_tracepoint (b
))
11746 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11747 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11751 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
11752 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
11753 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11754 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
11755 "actually inserted"));
11757 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
11758 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
11759 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
11760 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
11761 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
11762 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
11764 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
11766 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
11767 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
11768 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
11770 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
11771 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
11773 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
11775 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
11776 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11777 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11783 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11784 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11785 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11787 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
11788 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
11790 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11791 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11793 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
11794 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
11795 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11796 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
11797 "a permanent breakpoint"));
11800 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
11801 && (have_live_inferiors ()
11802 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
11805 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11808 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
11809 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
11810 only update conditions for locations that are marked
11812 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
11817 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11819 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11823 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11825 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11828 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
11829 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
11831 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
11832 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
11838 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
11840 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11842 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11843 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
11846 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
11849 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11853 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11854 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
11856 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
11857 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
11858 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
11862 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
11864 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
11866 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
11868 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
11872 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
11876 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11878 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11879 struct value_print_options opts
;
11881 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11883 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
11885 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
11887 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
11891 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->source_file
== NULL
)
11893 printf_filtered (" at ");
11894 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
11897 if (b
->loc
->source_file
)
11899 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
11901 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
11902 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
11903 b
->loc
->source_file
, b
->loc
->line_number
);
11905 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
11906 different file name, and this at least reflects the
11907 real situation somewhat. */
11908 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
11913 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11915 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11917 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
11922 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
11925 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
11927 xfree (self
->cond
);
11928 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
11929 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
11930 xfree (self
->function_name
);
11931 xfree (self
->source_file
);
11934 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
11939 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
11943 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
11945 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
11946 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
11947 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
11948 xfree (self
->filter
);
11949 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
11952 static struct bp_location
*
11953 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
11955 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11957 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
11958 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
11963 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11965 /* Nothing to re-set. */
11968 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
11969 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
11972 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11974 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11978 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11980 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11984 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11985 struct address_space
*aspace
,
11987 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
11989 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11993 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
11998 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12002 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12004 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12007 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12011 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12013 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12016 static enum print_stop_action
12017 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12019 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12023 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12024 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12030 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12032 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12036 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12038 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12042 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12043 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12044 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12048 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12052 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12053 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12054 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12056 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12057 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12059 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12060 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12061 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12062 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12064 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12068 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12069 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12071 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12074 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12076 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12077 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12078 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12079 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12080 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12081 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12082 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12083 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12084 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12085 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12087 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12088 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12089 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12090 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12091 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12092 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12095 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12098 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12100 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12101 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12103 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12104 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12108 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12112 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12114 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12115 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12118 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12123 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12125 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12126 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12128 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12132 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12133 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12134 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12136 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
12138 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12139 || ws
->value
.sig
!= TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12142 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12146 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12147 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12148 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12155 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12157 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12162 static enum print_stop_action
12163 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12165 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12166 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12168 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12170 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12172 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12173 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12175 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12176 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12177 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12180 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12182 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12184 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12185 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12187 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12188 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12189 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12191 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12192 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12194 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12198 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12200 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12205 case bp_breakpoint
:
12206 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12207 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12208 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12210 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12211 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12212 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12213 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12215 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12216 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12224 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12226 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12227 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12228 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12229 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12230 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12231 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12232 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12233 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12234 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12236 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12237 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12239 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12240 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12244 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12245 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12246 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12247 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12249 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12250 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12254 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12255 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12256 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12258 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12259 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12261 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12262 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12263 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12264 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12266 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
12267 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
12268 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12269 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12270 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12274 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12275 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12277 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
12280 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12283 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12287 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12288 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12289 case bp_overlay_event
:
12290 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12291 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12292 case bp_exception_master
:
12293 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12296 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12297 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12298 case bp_shlib_event
:
12300 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12301 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12302 case bp_thread_event
:
12308 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12310 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12312 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12313 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12314 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12315 objects (among other things). */
12316 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12317 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12323 static enum print_stop_action
12324 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12326 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12327 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12329 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12333 case bp_shlib_event
:
12334 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12335 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12336 to shlib event" message.) */
12337 print_solib_event (0);
12340 case bp_thread_event
:
12341 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12342 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12343 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12346 case bp_overlay_event
:
12347 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12348 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12351 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12352 /* These should never be enabled. */
12353 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12356 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12357 /* These should never be enabled. */
12358 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12359 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12362 case bp_exception_master
:
12363 /* These should never be enabled. */
12364 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12365 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12369 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12373 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12375 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12378 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12381 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12383 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12384 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
12385 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12386 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12390 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12392 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12395 static enum print_stop_action
12396 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12398 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12400 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12402 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12407 ui_out_field_string
12409 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
12413 ui_out_field_string
12415 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
12420 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12424 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12426 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12429 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12432 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12434 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12438 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12439 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12440 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12442 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12448 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12449 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12451 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12452 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
12454 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12456 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
12457 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12458 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12459 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
12464 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12466 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12471 case bp_tracepoint
:
12472 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12473 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12475 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12476 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12477 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12479 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12480 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12481 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12484 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12485 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12492 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12494 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12496 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12497 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12498 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12499 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12500 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12501 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12503 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12504 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12506 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
12507 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12509 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12510 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12514 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12515 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12516 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12517 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12519 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12520 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12524 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12525 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12526 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12528 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12529 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12531 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12532 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12533 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12534 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12536 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
12537 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
12538 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12539 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12540 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12544 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12545 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12547 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
12550 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12552 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12556 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12557 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12558 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12559 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12561 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12563 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
12565 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
12567 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
12568 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
12569 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
12573 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12574 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12575 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12577 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12578 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12580 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12581 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12582 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12583 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12587 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12588 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12589 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12590 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12591 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12592 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12594 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
12596 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
12597 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
12598 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12601 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
12602 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
12604 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
12605 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
12607 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
12608 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
12610 cond_string
, type_wanted
, disposition
,
12611 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
12612 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
12613 canonical
->special_display
);
12614 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
12615 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
12616 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
12617 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
12618 try to match up which of the newly found markers
12619 corresponds to this one */
12620 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
12622 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
12624 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
12629 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12630 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12632 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12634 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
12635 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
12637 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
12641 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12644 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
12647 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12649 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
12652 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
12656 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12658 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12660 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
12662 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
12663 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
12666 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
12667 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
12668 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
12669 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
12670 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
12673 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
12674 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
12675 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
12676 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
12678 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
12681 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
12682 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
12683 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
12685 struct breakpoint
*related
;
12686 struct watchpoint
*w
;
12688 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12689 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
12690 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12691 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
12695 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
12697 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
12698 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
12699 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
12700 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
12701 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
12704 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
12705 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
12706 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
12707 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
12709 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
12711 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
12712 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
12714 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12715 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
12717 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
12721 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
12723 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
12724 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
12725 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
12726 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
12727 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
12728 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
12729 commands won't work. */
12731 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
12733 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
12734 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
12735 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
12736 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
12737 might be better design to have location completely
12738 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
12739 update_global_location_list (0);
12741 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
12742 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
12743 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
12744 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
12749 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
12751 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12755 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12757 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
12760 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
12761 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
12764 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12765 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
12769 struct breakpoint
*related
;
12774 struct breakpoint
*next
;
12776 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
12777 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
12779 if (next
== related
)
12781 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
12782 function (related
, data
);
12784 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
12785 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
12790 function (related
, data
);
12794 while (related
!= b
);
12798 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
12800 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12803 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12804 delete_breakpoint. */
12807 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
12809 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12813 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12815 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12821 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
12823 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
12824 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
12825 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
12826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12827 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12829 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
12833 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12835 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
12837 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12838 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12839 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12843 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12847 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
12849 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12850 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
12851 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
12856 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
12857 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
12858 Null names are ignored. */
12861 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
12863 struct bp_location
*l
;
12864 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
12865 (int (*) (const void *,
12866 const void *)) streq
,
12867 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
12869 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12872 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
12874 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
12878 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
12880 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
12884 htab_delete (htab
);
12890 htab_delete (htab
);
12894 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
12895 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
12896 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
12897 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
12898 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
12899 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
12900 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
12901 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
12904 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
12905 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
12906 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
12907 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
12908 in the sources, and output a warning.
12910 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
12911 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
12912 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
12913 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
12914 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
12917 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
12918 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
12919 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
12920 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
12921 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
12922 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
12923 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
12924 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
12925 precisely because it confuses tools). */
12927 static struct symtab_and_line
12928 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
12930 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12931 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
12937 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
12939 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
12941 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
12942 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
12944 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
12946 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12947 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
12948 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
12953 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
12955 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
12957 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
12958 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
12960 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
12963 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12965 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
12967 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
12968 struct symbol
*sym
;
12969 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
12970 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12972 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
12974 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12975 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
12977 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
12978 "found at previous line number"),
12979 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12983 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
12985 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
12986 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
12987 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
12990 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
12991 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
12992 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
12994 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
12995 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
12997 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12999 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13002 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13005 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13006 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13008 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13010 xfree (b
->loc
->source_file
);
13012 b
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13014 b
->loc
->source_file
= NULL
;
13016 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13017 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13018 sal2
.symtab
->filename
,
13019 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13021 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13024 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13030 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13031 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13034 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13038 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13041 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13044 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13051 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13057 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13058 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13059 a ranged breakpoint. */
13062 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13063 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13064 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13067 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13069 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13071 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13073 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13074 update_global_location_list (1);
13075 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13076 "multiple locations found\n"),
13081 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13082 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13083 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13084 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13085 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13086 individual locations. */
13087 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13092 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13094 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13096 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
13098 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
13100 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13102 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13105 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13107 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13108 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13110 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
13115 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13116 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13117 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13118 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13122 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
13124 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
13126 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13130 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13131 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
13132 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
13134 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13137 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13138 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13139 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13140 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13141 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13142 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13143 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13145 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13147 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13149 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13150 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13152 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13153 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13161 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13162 if (l
->function_name
13163 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13173 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13174 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
13176 update_global_location_list (1);
13179 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
13180 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13182 static struct symtabs_and_lines
13183 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
13186 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
13187 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13189 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13192 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13194 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
13198 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13199 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13200 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13201 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13202 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13203 state, then user already saw the message about that
13204 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13206 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13207 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13208 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13209 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13210 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13211 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13213 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13215 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13216 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13217 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13218 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13219 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13220 which approach is better. */
13221 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13222 throw_exception (e
);
13226 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13230 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13231 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
13232 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
13234 char *cond_string
= 0;
13238 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
13239 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
13241 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13242 b
->thread
= thread
;
13244 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13247 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13248 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
13258 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13259 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13263 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13266 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
13267 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
13268 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
13270 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
13273 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
13277 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
13279 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
13282 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
13283 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
13287 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13290 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13291 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13294 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
13295 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13296 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13297 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13299 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
13302 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13303 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13307 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13308 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13309 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13311 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13312 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13314 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13315 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13316 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13317 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13319 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
13320 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13321 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13322 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13325 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13326 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13329 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13330 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13332 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13334 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
13335 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
13336 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
13337 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13340 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13341 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
13343 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
13345 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
13347 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
13348 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
13349 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
13351 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
13354 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
13357 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
13359 static struct cleanup
*
13360 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13362 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
13364 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13365 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
13366 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
13367 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
13368 set_language (b
->language
);
13373 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
13374 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
13375 Unused in this case. */
13378 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
13380 /* Get past catch_errs. */
13381 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
13382 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
13384 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
13385 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13386 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
13390 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
13392 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13394 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13395 enum language save_language
;
13396 int save_input_radix
;
13397 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13399 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
13400 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
13401 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
13403 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13405 /* Format possible error msg. */
13406 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13408 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
13409 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
13410 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
13412 set_language (save_language
);
13413 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
13415 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13417 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13419 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13420 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13421 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13422 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13424 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
13428 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13430 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13431 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13433 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13435 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13437 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
13438 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
13440 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13441 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13442 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13444 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13448 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13449 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13450 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13453 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13455 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13460 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13461 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13463 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13465 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13466 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13471 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13475 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13476 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13478 else if (count
== 1)
13479 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13482 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13483 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13486 breakpoints_changed ();
13487 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
13491 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13494 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13497 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13503 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13505 num
= get_number (&p
);
13507 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13509 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13511 set_ignore_count (num
,
13512 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13515 printf_filtered ("\n");
13518 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
13519 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
13522 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13527 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
13529 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
13532 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13534 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
13536 while (!state
.finished
)
13538 char *p
= state
.string
;
13542 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
13545 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
13549 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
13550 if (b
->number
== num
)
13553 function (b
, data
);
13557 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
13562 static struct bp_location
*
13563 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
13565 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
13569 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13570 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13575 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
13577 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
13579 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13580 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
13585 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
13586 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
13589 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
13591 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
13595 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
13598 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
13604 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13605 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13606 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13609 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13611 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
13612 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
13613 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
13614 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13617 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
13618 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
13621 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13623 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13624 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13626 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13627 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
13629 struct bp_location
*location
;
13631 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
13632 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
13635 update_global_location_list (0);
13637 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13640 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
13643 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13645 disable_breakpoint (b
);
13648 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13649 disable_breakpoint. */
13652 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13654 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13658 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13662 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
13664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
13665 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
13666 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
13668 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
13670 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
13676 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
13678 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13679 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
13680 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
13681 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
13683 update_global_location_list (0);
13686 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13690 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
13693 int target_resources_ok
;
13695 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13698 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
13699 target_resources_ok
=
13700 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
13702 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
13703 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
13704 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
13705 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
13708 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
13710 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
13711 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
13712 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13714 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
13716 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13718 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
13719 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
13720 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
13724 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
13725 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
13731 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
13732 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
13734 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
13736 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13737 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13739 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13740 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
13742 struct bp_location
*location
;
13744 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
13745 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
13748 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
13749 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
13750 update_global_location_list (1);
13751 breakpoints_changed ();
13753 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13758 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13760 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
13764 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
13766 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
13769 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13770 enable_breakpoint. */
13773 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13775 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13778 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
13779 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
13780 in stopping the inferior. */
13783 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13787 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
13789 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
13790 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
13791 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
13793 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
13795 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
13801 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
13803 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13804 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
13805 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
13806 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
13808 update_global_location_list (1);
13811 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13814 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
13824 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
13826 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
13828 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
13832 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
13834 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
13836 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
13840 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13842 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13846 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
13848 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
13850 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
13854 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13856 int count
= get_number (&args
);
13858 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
13862 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
13864 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
13866 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
13870 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13872 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13876 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13881 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13885 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
13886 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
13890 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
13891 const bfd_byte
*data
)
13893 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
13895 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
13896 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
13897 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
13899 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
13901 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
13903 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13905 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13906 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
13907 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
13908 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
13910 value_free (wp
->val
);
13918 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
13919 if they aren't valid. */
13921 struct symtabs_and_lines
13922 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int flags
)
13924 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
13927 error (_("Empty line specification."));
13928 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
13929 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, flags
,
13930 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
13931 get_last_displayed_line ());
13933 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, flags
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
13935 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
13939 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
13940 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
13941 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
13942 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
13946 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13947 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
13949 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
13951 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
13953 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
13954 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
13956 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
13958 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
13966 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
13967 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
13970 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
13972 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
13975 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
13981 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
13984 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
13985 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
13987 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
13990 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13991 struct address_space
*aspace
,
13996 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
13998 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
13999 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14003 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14004 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14005 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14008 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14009 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14010 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14011 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14012 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14013 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14015 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14016 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14017 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14018 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14021 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14022 were inserted or not. */
14025 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14027 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14028 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14031 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14034 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14036 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14038 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14040 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14041 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14042 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14043 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14045 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14047 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14048 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14049 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14050 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14054 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14055 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14056 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14060 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14064 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14065 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14067 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14068 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14069 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14073 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14077 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14081 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14082 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14083 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14084 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14087 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14091 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14096 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14098 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
14100 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
14101 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
14109 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14110 non-zero otherwise. */
14112 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
14114 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
14115 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
14116 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
14123 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14125 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
14126 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14128 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
14132 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
14134 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14136 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14137 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
14139 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
14141 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
14145 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
14147 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
14157 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14159 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
14160 char *text
, char *word
)
14162 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
14164 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
14170 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14172 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14174 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14176 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14177 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14181 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14183 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14185 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
14187 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14188 0 /* Ignore count */,
14189 pending_break_support
,
14190 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14193 0 /* internal */, 0))
14194 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
14198 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14200 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14202 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
14204 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14205 0 /* Ignore count */,
14206 pending_break_support
,
14207 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14210 0 /* internal */, 0))
14211 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
14214 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14217 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14219 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14221 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14222 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14223 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
14224 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14226 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14228 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14230 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
14232 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14233 0 /* Ignore count */,
14234 pending_break_support
,
14238 0 /* internal */, 0))
14239 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
14242 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14243 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14245 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14246 static int next_cmd
;
14249 read_uploaded_action (void)
14253 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
14260 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14261 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14262 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14263 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14264 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14266 struct tracepoint
*
14267 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14269 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
14270 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14272 if (utp
->at_string
)
14273 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
14276 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14277 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14278 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14280 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14281 "source location, using raw address"),
14283 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14284 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14287 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14288 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14289 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14290 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14293 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14295 utp
->cond_string
, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14297 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14298 0 /* Ignore count */,
14299 pending_break_support
,
14300 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14302 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14304 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14307 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
14309 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14310 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14311 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14315 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->base
.number
);
14317 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14320 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14321 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14322 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14324 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
14326 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
14331 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
14333 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
14335 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
14336 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
14337 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14338 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14341 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14342 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14343 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14348 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14352 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14354 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14357 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
14359 if (num_printed
== 0)
14361 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14362 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
14364 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14367 default_collect_info ();
14370 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14371 Not supported by all targets. */
14373 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14375 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14378 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14379 Not supported by all targets. */
14381 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14383 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14386 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14388 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14390 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14396 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14398 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14399 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14400 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14402 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14403 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14405 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14409 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14411 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14413 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14414 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14415 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14419 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14422 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14425 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14427 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14428 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp
->base
.number
);
14430 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14431 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
14434 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14436 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14437 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14438 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14441 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14443 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14444 unsigned int count
;
14446 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14447 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14448 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14450 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14452 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
14455 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14457 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14459 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14461 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14463 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14465 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14466 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14469 else if (*args
== '\0')
14471 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
14473 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14477 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14479 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14480 while (!state
.finished
)
14482 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
14484 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14489 struct tracepoint
*
14490 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14492 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14494 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14495 if (t
->number
== num
)
14496 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14501 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14502 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14505 struct tracepoint
*
14506 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14508 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14510 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14512 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14514 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14521 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14522 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14523 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
14524 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14525 struct tracepoint
*
14526 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
14527 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
14530 extern int tracepoint_count
;
14531 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14533 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14537 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
14538 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
14540 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14543 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14545 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
14548 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14552 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14553 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14556 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
14557 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
14561 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14562 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14564 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14567 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14572 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
14574 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14575 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
14578 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
14580 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
14583 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14584 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14585 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14589 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14590 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14592 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
14595 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
14596 struct ui_file
*fp
;
14597 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14599 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14600 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14602 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14603 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
14605 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14606 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14609 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14610 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14615 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14617 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14619 /* We can stop searching. */
14626 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14630 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
14631 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
14632 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
14634 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14635 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
14636 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
14638 if (extra_trace_bits
)
14639 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
14641 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
14643 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14644 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14647 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14648 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14651 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
14653 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
14654 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
14657 if (tp
->cond_string
)
14658 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
14660 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
14661 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
14665 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
14667 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
14669 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
14670 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14672 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
14674 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
14677 throw_exception (ex
);
14679 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
14682 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
14683 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
14685 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
14686 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
14687 special, and not user visible. */
14688 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
14690 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14693 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
14695 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
14699 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
14700 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
14702 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
14704 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
14707 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
14710 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14712 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
14715 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
14718 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14720 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
14723 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
14725 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
14726 all_tracepoints (void)
14728 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
14729 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
14731 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
14733 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
14740 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
14741 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
14742 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
14744 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
14745 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
14746 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
14747 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
14748 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
14749 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
14750 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
14751 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
14753 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
14754 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14756 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14757 conditions are different.\n\
14759 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
14761 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
14762 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
14764 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
14765 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
14768 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
14769 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
14770 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
14771 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
14772 char *text
, char *word
),
14773 void *user_data_catch
,
14774 void *user_data_tcatch
)
14776 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
14778 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
14780 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
14781 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
14782 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
14784 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
14786 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
14787 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
14788 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
14792 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
14794 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
14795 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
14797 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
14798 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
14799 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
14803 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14805 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
14806 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
14807 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
14810 struct breakpoint
*
14811 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
14814 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14816 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14818 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
14825 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
14826 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
14829 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14831 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
14832 non-inline function. */
14833 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
14839 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
14840 have been inlined. */
14843 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
14844 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
14846 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14847 struct bp_location
*bl
;
14849 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14851 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
14854 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
14856 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
14857 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
14866 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
14868 static int initialized
= 0;
14870 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14876 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
14877 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
14878 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
14879 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14880 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14881 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
14882 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
14883 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
14884 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
14885 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
14886 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
14887 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
14889 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
14890 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14891 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14892 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
14893 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
14894 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
14895 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
14896 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
14898 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
14899 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
14900 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14901 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
14902 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
14903 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
14904 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
14905 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
14906 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
14907 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
14909 /* Internal breakpoints. */
14910 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
14911 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14912 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
14913 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
14914 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
14915 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
14917 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
14918 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
14919 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14920 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
14921 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
14922 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
14923 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
14925 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
14926 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
14927 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14928 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
14929 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
14930 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
14931 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
14934 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14935 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14936 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
14937 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
14938 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
14939 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
14940 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
14941 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
14942 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
14943 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
14944 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
14945 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
14946 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
14948 /* Masked watchpoints. */
14949 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14950 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14951 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
14952 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
14953 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
14954 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
14955 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
14956 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
14957 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
14958 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
14961 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14962 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14963 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
14964 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
14965 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
14966 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
14967 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
14968 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
14969 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
14970 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
14972 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
14973 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14974 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14975 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
14976 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
14977 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
14979 /* Fork catchpoints. */
14980 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
14981 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14982 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
14983 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
14984 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
14985 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
14986 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
14987 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
14988 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
14990 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
14991 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
14992 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14993 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
14994 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
14995 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
14996 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
14997 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
14998 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
14999 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15001 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15002 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15003 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15004 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15005 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15006 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15007 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15008 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15009 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15010 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15011 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15013 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15014 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15015 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15016 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15017 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15018 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15019 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15020 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15021 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15022 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15023 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15025 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15026 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15027 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15028 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15029 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15030 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15031 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15032 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15033 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15034 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15035 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15036 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15040 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15042 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15044 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15046 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15047 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
15048 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15050 breakpoint_objfile_key
= register_objfile_data ();
15052 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15053 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
15055 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15056 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15057 before a breakpoint is set. */
15058 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15060 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15062 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15063 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15064 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15066 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15068 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15069 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15070 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15071 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15072 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15073 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15074 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15075 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15077 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15078 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15079 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15080 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15082 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15083 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15084 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15085 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15086 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15088 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15089 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15091 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15092 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15093 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15094 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15096 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15097 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15099 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15100 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15101 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15102 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15104 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15105 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15107 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15108 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15109 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15110 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15111 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15112 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15113 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15115 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15116 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15117 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15118 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15119 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15120 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15122 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15124 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15125 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15126 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15127 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15128 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15129 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15131 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15132 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15133 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15136 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15137 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15138 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15141 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15142 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15143 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15144 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15147 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15148 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15149 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15152 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15153 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15154 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15157 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15158 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15159 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15160 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15163 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15164 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15165 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15166 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15167 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15168 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15169 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15170 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15172 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15173 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15174 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15175 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15176 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
15178 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15179 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15180 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15181 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15182 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15183 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15186 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15187 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15188 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15189 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15191 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15192 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15193 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15194 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15195 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15197 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15198 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
15199 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15200 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
15202 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15203 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15204 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15205 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15206 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15209 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15210 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
15211 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15212 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
15213 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
15214 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
15216 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15217 is executing in.\n\
15219 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15220 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15222 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15223 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
15224 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15225 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15227 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15228 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15229 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15230 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15233 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15237 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15238 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15239 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15240 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15241 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15242 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15243 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15244 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
15245 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15246 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15247 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15248 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15249 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15250 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15251 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15252 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15254 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15255 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15256 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15257 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15258 breakpoint set."));
15261 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
15262 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15263 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15264 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15265 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15266 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15267 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15268 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15269 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15271 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15272 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15273 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15274 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15275 breakpoint set."));
15277 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15280 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
15281 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15282 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15283 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15284 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15285 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15286 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15287 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15288 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15290 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15291 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15292 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15293 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15294 breakpoint set."));
15296 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15297 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15298 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15299 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15300 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15301 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15302 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15303 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15304 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15305 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15306 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15307 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15308 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15310 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15311 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15312 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15313 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15315 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15317 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15318 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15319 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15320 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15322 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15323 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15324 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15325 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15327 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
15328 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
15329 Catch an exception, when caught."),
15330 catch_catch_command
,
15334 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
15335 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
15336 catch_throw_command
,
15340 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15341 catch_fork_command_1
,
15343 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15344 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15345 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15346 catch_fork_command_1
,
15348 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15349 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15350 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15351 catch_exec_command_1
,
15355 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15356 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15357 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15358 catch_load_command_1
,
15362 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15363 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15364 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15365 catch_unload_command_1
,
15369 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
15370 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
15371 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
15372 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
15373 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
15374 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
15375 catch_syscall_command_1
,
15376 catch_syscall_completer
,
15380 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15381 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15382 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15383 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15384 an expression changes.\n\
15385 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15386 the memory to which it refers."));
15387 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15389 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15390 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15391 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15392 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15393 an expression is read.\n\
15394 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15395 the memory to which it refers."));
15396 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15398 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15399 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15400 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15401 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15402 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15403 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15404 the memory to which it refers."));
15405 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15407 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
15408 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15410 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15411 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15412 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15413 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15414 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15415 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15416 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15417 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15418 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15421 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15422 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15424 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15426 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15428 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15429 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
15431 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15432 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15433 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15435 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15436 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15437 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15438 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15440 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15441 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
15443 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15444 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15445 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15447 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15448 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
15450 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15451 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
15452 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
15453 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
15454 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
15455 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
15456 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
15457 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
15458 the selected stack frame.\n\
15459 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15460 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15461 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15462 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15464 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15466 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15467 conditions are different.\n\
15469 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15470 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15471 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15473 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
15474 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15475 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15476 last tracepoint set."));
15478 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15480 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15481 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15482 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15483 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15486 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15487 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15488 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15489 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15491 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15493 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15494 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15495 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15496 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15498 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15500 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15501 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15502 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15503 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15504 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15506 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
15507 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15508 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15509 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15511 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15512 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15513 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15514 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15515 session to restore them."),
15517 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15519 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15520 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15521 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15523 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15525 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15526 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15528 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15529 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15530 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15531 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15532 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15533 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15534 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15535 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15536 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15537 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15538 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15539 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15541 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15542 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15543 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15544 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15545 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15546 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15547 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15548 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15550 show_pending_break_support
,
15551 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15552 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15554 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15556 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15557 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15558 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15559 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15560 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15561 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15562 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15564 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15565 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15566 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15568 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15569 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15570 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15571 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15572 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
15573 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
15574 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
15575 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
15576 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
15577 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
15578 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
15579 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
15581 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15582 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15583 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15585 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15586 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15587 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15588 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15589 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15590 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15591 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15592 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15593 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15594 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15595 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15596 be set to \"gdb\""),
15597 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15598 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15599 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15600 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15602 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
15603 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15604 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15605 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15606 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15607 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15608 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15609 or the start of the range\n\
15610 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15611 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15612 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15614 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15615 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15616 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15618 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
15620 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);